Western Shoshone Identifiable Group v. United States ( 2022 )


Menu:
  •        In the United States Court of Federal Claims
    No. 06-896L
    Filed: February 8, 2022
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *                *
    THE       WESTERN        SHOSHONE            *
    IDENTIFIABLE GROUP, represented              *
    by the YOMBA SHOSHONE TRIBE,                 *
    a federally recognized Indian Tribe,         *
    et al.,                                      *
    Plaintiffs,              *
    v.                              *
    *
    UNITED STATES,                               *
    *
    Defendant.              *
    *
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *                *
    Kelli J. Keegan, Barnhouse Keegan Solimon & West LLP, Los Ranchos de
    Albuquerque, NM, for plaintiffs. Of counsel were Randolph Barnhouse and Michelle
    Miano, Barnhouse Keegan Solimon & West LLP, Los Ranchos de Albuquerque, NM, and
    Steven D. Gordon, Holland & Knight, LLP, Washington, D.C.
    Joshua P. Wilson, Trial Attorney, Natural Resources Section, Environment
    & Natural Resources Division, United States Department of Justice, Washington, D.C.,
    for defendant. With him were Peter K. Dykema, Natural Resources Section, Environment
    & Natural Resources Division, and Todd S. Kim, Assistant Attorney General, Civil
    Division, Department of Justice. Of counsel were Anthony P. Hoang, Natural Resources
    Section, Environment & Natural Resources Division, United States Department of Justice,
    Washington, D.C., Dondrae N. Maiden, Michael Bianco and Christopher King
    Edelstein, Office of the Solicitor, United States Department of the Interior, Washington,
    D.C., and Thomas Kearns and Rebecca Saltiel, Office of the Chief Counsel, United
    States Department of the Treasury, Washington, D.C.
    OPINION
    In this Native American tribal trust fund case, three tribal plaintiffs and three
    individual plaintiffs have sued defendant, the United States, for the mismanagement of
    plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds, received as a result of three separate cases before the
    Indian Claims Commission (ICC) and its successors for the government’s taking of the
    plaintiffs’ ancestral lands in Nevada and California without just compensation, over a
    thirty-three-year period. Plaintiffs seek to recover $133,125,302.00 in damages for the
    government’s mismanagement of the largest of the tribal trust funds, the 326-K Fund, and
    $1,592,822.43 in damages for the government’s alleged mismanagement of the two
    smaller tribal trust funds, the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds.1 The three tribal plaintiffs are
    the Yomba Shoshone Tribe, Timbisha Shoshone Tribe, and the Duckwater Shoshone
    Tribe, three of the federally recognized Western Shoshone Tribes and three of the
    members of the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group. The three individual plaintiffs are
    Maurice Frank-Churchill, an enrolled member of the Yomba Shoshone Tribe, Jerry Millet,
    an enrolled member of the Duckwater Shoshone Tribe, and Virginia Sanchez, also an
    enrolled member of the Duckwater Shoshone Tribe. Plaintiffs allege that defendant
    “imprudently” invested their tribal trust funds in securities that were too short-term,
    resulting in less than maximum returns. It is not disputed by the parties that defendant
    was the trustee of the funds at issue, and was responsible for the administration,
    management, and investment of the funds at issue from the time the funds were
    appropriated for deposit in the trust accounts for the benefit of the Western Shoshone
    Identifiable Group until the time the funds were distributed to plaintiffs.
    The complicated events leading up to this case, and this case, once filed, have a
    long history. The case in this court was filed in 2006 and originally assigned to a Judge
    other than the undersigned. On August 26, 2015, this case was transferred to the
    undersigned after the original presiding Judge had issued two Opinions in this case, one
    denying defendant’s motion to dismiss and one denying defendant’s motion for
    reconsideration. See W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. v. United States, No. 06-896L, 
    2008 WL 9697144
     (Fed. Cl. Oct. 31, 2008); see also W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. v. United
    States, No. 06-896L, 
    2009 WL 9389765
     (Fed. Cl. Nov. 24, 2009). After the issuance of
    two Opinions, there were settlement discussions and settlement attempts before the case
    was reassigned to the undersigned. Upon being assigned the above-captioned case in
    2015, the undersigned pressed the parties to initiate and intensify efforts on pretrial
    proceedings and to get ready for trial, earlier settlement efforts having failed. Thereafter,
    the court held a five-day trial regarding liability in Washington, D.C. and, on June 13,
    2019, issued an Opinion which addressed the issues of liability and whether the
    government breached its fiduciary duty to plaintiffs when investing the tribal trust funds.
    See generally W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States,
    
    143 Fed. Cl. 545
     (2019). After extensively and carefully reviewing the lengthy record in
    this case, including the documents and expert reports in evidence, the trial testimony, and
    the post-trial filings, the court found “that there were various times during the investment
    periods at issue for both the 326-K Fund and for the 326-A Funds when the government’s
    investment of all three tribal trust funds fell below the required standard of prudence.” See
    id. at 658. After the court’s June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, the parties engaged in
    extensive expert discovery on the issue of damages, and after expert discovery was
    completed, and after a delay due to COVID related challenges, the court held a four-day
    trial to address the issue of damages.
    The facts described below are a brief summary of important, pertinent events taken
    from the extensive record before the court. By no means are the below facts an event-
    1   As discussed below, alternatively, plaintiffs seek $113,830,811.00 in damages.
    2
    by-event description of everything that happened over the thirty-three-year period at
    issue. Some of the relevant facts from the court’s June 13, 2019 liability Opinion are
    repeated below, and the court’s earlier Opinion on liability is incorporated into this
    Opinion. Although the case was divided for purposes of liability and damages, in order to
    promote efficiency and given the complexity of the legal and factual issues, the Opinions
    still address the same, single case, and consider the same factual framework.
    FINDINGS OF FACT
    Origin of Plaintiffs’ Tribal Trust Funds
    Plaintiffs are the beneficial owners of three tribal trust funds stemming from three
    separate judgment awards. The first judgment occurred on August 15, 1977, when the
    ICC awarded $26,145,189.89 to the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group in Docket 326-
    K for the taking of ancestral land located in modern day Nevada and California. Unlike
    the plaintiffs’ awards in its second case before the ICC, docket number 326-A-1,
    discussed below, in which the plaintiffs were awarded a judgment, plus interest, based
    on the record before the court and the parties’ revised joint stipulations of fact in the
    above-captioned case, plaintiffs were not awarded any interest for the award of the
    $26,145,189.89 in the 326-K Fund case. Both parties appealed the ICC’s August 15, 1977
    award of $26,145,189.89, which was subsequently affirmed by the United States Court
    of Claims2 on February 21, 1979. See Temoak Band of W. Shoshone Indians, Nevada v.
    United States, 
    219 Ct. Cl. 346
    , 361, 
    593 F.2d 994
    , 1002, cert. denied, 
    444 U.S. 973
    (1979). On December 19, 1979, the ICC’s award of $26,145,189.89 was deposited into a
    tribal trust fund account in the United States Treasury under account number JA9334697.
    The parties in the above-captioned case refer to this tribal trust fund as the “326-K Fund,”
    and it is the largest of the three tribal trust funds at issue.
    The second judgment occurred on December 3, 1991, when the United States
    Claims Court3 entered a judgment in Western Shoshone Identifiable Group v. United
    States, Docket Number 326-A-1, in the amount of $823,752.64 in favor of the Western
    Shoshone Identifiable Group. See Te-Moak Bands of Western Shoshone Indians of
    Nevada, et al. v. United States, United States Claims Court, Docket No. 326-A-1,
    Judgment (Dec. 3, 1991). The award of $823,752.64 was comprised of $815,209.67,
    together with interest of $8,542.97. See 
    id.
     On March 25, 1992, the second judgment
    award of $823,752.64 was deposited into trust in the United States Treasury under
    2The United States Court of Claims is the predecessor court to the United States Court
    of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and the United States Court of Federal Claims, the court
    on which the undersigned presides over the above-captioned case. See Alford v. United
    States, 
    961 F.3d 1380
    , 1384 (Fed. Cir. 2020) (“Our predecessor court, the Court of
    Claims . . . .”).
    3 The United States Claims Court was renamed the United States Court of Federal Claims
    in 1992. See Federal Courts Administration Act of 1992, Pub. L. No. 102-572, § 902, 
    106 Stat. 4506
    , 4516 (1992).
    3
    account number JA9087691. The parties refer to this tribal trust fund as the “326-A-1
    Fund.”
    The third judgment occurred a little more than three years later, on June 16, 1995,
    when the United States Court of Federal Claims entered a judgment in Docket Number
    326-A-3, in the amount of $29,396.60, in favor of the Western Shoshone Identifiable
    Group. See Te-Moak Bands of Western Shoshone Indians of Nevada, v. United States,
    United States Court of Federal Claims, Docket No. 326-A-3, Judgment (June 16, 1995).
    According to the final judgment entered on the 326-A-3 docket, which was introduced at
    trial as a joint exhibit, the 326-A-3 award did not appear to include interest. On September
    15, 1995, the award of $29,396.60 was deposited into trust in the United States Treasury
    under account number JA1009693. The parties refer to this tribal trust fund as the “326-
    A-3 Fund.” The account number and type, and the sources of the three funds are
    displayed below:
    ACCOUNT NO. & TYPE                                 SOURCE OF FUND
    INITIAL AWARD OF $26,145,189.89 ON 12/19/1979,
    JA9334697 WESTERN SHOSHONE JUDGMENT FUNDS
    ICC DOCKET 326-K
    INITIAL AWARD OF $823,752.64 ON 3/25/1992,
    JA9087691 WESTERN SHOSHONE JOINT JUDGMENT FUNDS
    ICC DOCKET 326-A-1
    INTEREST CLAIM OF $29,369.60 ON 9/15/1995,
    JA9087691 WESTERN SHOSHONE JOINT JUDGMENT FUNDS
    ICC DOCKET 326-A-3
    Investment of Tribal Trust Funds
    The parties have stipulated that “Tribal Trust Funds” are tribal monies, including
    judgment awards, revenues, and other payments made to Indian tribes, which are
    required by law to be deposited in the United States Treasury and historically to be
    managed by the United States Department of the Interior. The parties also have stipulated
    to an abbreviated summary of the relevant history to the above-captioned case, some of
    which is described below. Some historical highlights for the purpose of providing context
    follow. In 1880, the Department of the Interior was authorized to deposit tribal trust funds
    in the United States Treasury to earn a simple interest rate of four percent per year
    whenever it determined that such a course of action was in the best interest of an Indian
    tribe. In 1918, the Department of the Interior was permitted to deposit tribal trust funds
    into any public-debt obligations of the United States and into any notes, bonds, or other
    obligations that were unconditionally guaranteed as to both principal and interest, when
    the Department of the Interior determined doing so was in the best interests of an Indian
    tribe. In 1938, Congress passed the Act of June 24, 1938, ch. 648, § 1, 
    52 Stat. 1037
    ,
    currently contained at 25 U.S.C. § 162a (2018), the statute at issue regarding plaintiffs’
    allegations of breach of trust in the above-captioned case, which codified the authority of
    4
    the Secretary of the Department of the Interior to invest tribal trust funds. 4 According to
    Subsection (a) of 25 U.S.C. § 162a:
    The Secretary of the Interior is hereby authorized in his discretion, and
    under such rules and regulations as he may prescribe, to withdraw from the
    United States Treasury and to deposit in banks to be selected by him the
    common or community funds of any Indian tribe which are, or may hereafter
    be, held in trust by the United States and on which the United States is not
    obligated by law to pay interest at higher rates than can be procured from
    the banks. The said Secretary is also authorized, under such rules and
    regulations as he may prescribe, to withdraw from the United States
    Treasury and to deposit in banks to be selected by him the funds held in
    trust by the United States for the benefit of individual Indians . . . .
    25 U.S.C. § 162a(a).
    Subsection (a) of 25 U.S.C. § 162a further provides that:
    [T]he Secretary of the Interior, if he deems it advisable and for the best
    interest of the Indians, may invest the trust funds of any tribe or individual
    Indian in any public-debt obligations of the United States and in any bonds,
    notes, or other obligations which are unconditionally guaranteed as to both
    interest and principal by the United States.
    25 U.S.C. § 162a(a). As both parties noted during the liability trial, Subsection (a) of 25
    U.S.C. § 162a limits the government’s investment of tribal trust funds to fixed-income
    securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, including bonds issued
    by federal agencies, the United States Department of Treasury (Treasury securities),
    mortgage-backed securities, and certificate of deposits (CDs). Moreover, both parties
    agreed that Subsection (a) of 25 U.S.C. § 162a would not allow the government to invest
    in stocks or foreign-issued bonds. The parties do not contest that the government
    invested any of plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds in investments prohibited by law, nor do
    the parties contest that the government misappropriated any of the plaintiffs’ tribal trust
    funds.
    Because Subsection (a) of 25 U.S.C. § 162a only allows the government to invest
    tribal trust funds in government-backed securities, both parties agree that the government
    4 The Secretary of the Interior has had and continues to have the authority pursuant to 
    25 U.S.C. § 161
     (2018) and 25 U.S.C. § 161a (2018) to deposit tribal trust funds in the United
    States Department of Treasury in lieu of investing tribal trust funds in securities allowed
    under 25 U.S.C. § 162a. See 
    25 U.S.C. §§ 161
    , 161a. The plaintiffs in the above-
    captioned case, however, do not allege that defendant breached a duty regarding the
    investment of the three funds at issue in the United States Treasury pursuant to 
    25 U.S.C. § 161
     or 25 U.S.C. § 161a, nor that defendant retained plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds in
    the United States Treasury instead of investing the funds.
    5
    faces virtually no credit risk when investing tribal trust funds, i.e., a risk that the fixed-
    income security5 issuer will default on the security. Both parties also agree that the
    primary risk that the government faced when investing plaintiffs’ tribal trust funds was
    “interest rate risk,” the risk that interest rates will change over the life of a fixed-income
    security. As both parties agree, the risk that interest rates will fluctuate is greater for fixed-
    income securities that have a longer-term maturity.6 At the liability trial, defendant’s
    liability expert, Dr. Laura Starks, explained in her expert liability report, “if interest rates
    increase, bond prices fall. That risk is greater for longer-maturity investments.” Similarly,
    plaintiffs’ rebuttal expert, Dr. Michael Goldstein, explained in his rebuttal expert report
    that, “longer-term investments” “[t]raditionally” experience higher-yields than shorter-term
    investments to reflect the “interest rate risk that the holder is taking (i.e., when rates
    change).” Thus, as the parties agree, if a bond-holder had to sell a bond prior to maturity,
    and interest rates increased from the time the bond-holder purchased the bond, the bond-
    holder will likely experience a loss on the principal of the bond because the bond’s value
    has decreased. Conversely, if a bond-holder had to sell a bond before maturity, and
    interest rates decreased since the time of purchase, the bond-holder would likely
    experience a gain on the principal of the bond because the bond’s value has increased.
    If the bond-holder holds the bond to maturity, any change in interest rates would not affect
    the bond’s principal value. Interest rate risk, thus, becomes relevant when an investor
    5 At the liability trial and the damages trial, and in their expert reports prepared for both
    trials, both parties’ liability and damages experts referred interchangeably to “fixed-
    income securities” and “bonds” when discussing general investment principals. Thus, as
    with the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, for purposes of this Opinion, this court
    interchangeably shall refer to fixed-income securities and bonds, as used by the parties,
    when summarizing the parties’ positions regarding general investment principals.
    6  As explained at the liability trial, the definition of a “longer-term” security versus a
    “shorter-term” security varies somewhat throughout the investment industry. According to
    the testimony at the liability trial of plaintiffs’ expert, Mr. Kevin Nunes, “ultra-short-term”
    securities have maturities of one year or less, “short-term” securities have maturities
    between one and five years, “intermediate-term” securities have maturities greater than
    five and less than ten years, and “long-term” securities have maturities between ten and
    thirty years. Contrastingly, defendant’s expert, Dr. Laura Starks, testified at the liability
    trial, “[p]eople define” the terms “short-term,” “intermediate term,” and “long term”
    differently and that during her career, she has “actually seen these definitions change
    over time.” According to Dr. Starks’ trial testimony, “short-term investments is -- typically,
    to me, that would be a year or less, maybe a little over a year,” and whether securities
    with a maturity of “two years” should be considered short-term would be “debatable.” Dr.
    Starks testified at trial that “intermediate term” would be “primarily three to five years,”
    and that “[t]here are others that extend intermediate to longer term.” Dr. Starks also
    testified that “long term” would “typically” include securities with maturities of “ten years
    or more.” Dr. Starks testified that securities with a maturity between five to ten years “don’t
    have a real definition,” and that “[t]o me, it’s between what’s clearly intermediate and
    what’s clearly long term.”
    6
    decides to sell a bond before maturity. The interest rate risk facing the government when
    investing plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds will be discussed in more detail below.
    Subsection (d) of 25 U.S.C. § 162a, another provision of the statute relevant to
    plaintiffs’ allegation of fund mismanagement, provides that:
    The Secretary’s proper discharge of the trust responsibilities of the United
    States shall include (but are not limited to) the following:
    (1) Providing adequate systems for accounting for and
    reporting trust fund balances.
    (2) Providing adequate controls over receipts and
    disbursements.
    (3) Providing periodic, timely reconciliations to assure the
    accuracy of accounts.
    (4) Determining accurate cash balances.
    (5) Preparing and supplying account holders with periodic
    statements of their account performance and with balances of
    their account which shall be available on a daily basis.
    (6) Establishing consistent, written policies and procedures for
    trust fund management and accounting.
    (7) Providing adequate staffing, supervision, and training for
    trust fund management and accounting.
    (8) Appropriately managing the natural resources located
    within the boundaries of Indian reservations and trust lands.
    25 U.S.C. § 162a(d).
    The Department of the Interior’s Investment Policies and Procedures
    In 1966, the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), the office within the Department of the
    Interior which was delegated the task of investment tribal trust funds, began a formal
    investment program and published an investment policy statement. The 1966 policy
    statement, in pertinent part, stated that “[p]repatory to undertaking any investment
    program with surplus trust funds, a tribe necessarily would have to make a careful
    analysis of its current and future cash needs” to cover “at least two six-months periods.”
    The 1966 policy statement also stated that “[e]ach Area Office is requested to review the
    amount of tribal trust funds each tribe in the respective Areas has on deposit in the
    Treasury,” and that “[w]herever it appears that the amount is in excess of foreseeable
    cash needs of the tribe, discussions should be held with the tribal council and its wishes
    regarding investment of the funds ascertained.” The 1966 policy statement also noted
    that “[g]overnment-backed securities, while basically safe, can result in losses unless held
    to maturity.”
    In 1973, Congress passed the Indian Tribal Judgment Funds Use and Distribution
    Act, Pub. L. No. 93-134, 
    87 Stat. 466
     (1973) (Use and Distribution Act of 1973), which
    7
    established a process for distributing judgment awards to Indian tribes. Pursuant to the
    Use and Distribution Act of 1973, the Secretary of Interior had 180 days from “after the
    appropriation of funds to pay a judgment of the Indian Claims Commission or the Court
    of Claims to any Indian tribe,” and to “prepare and submit to Congress a plan for the use
    or distribution of such funds.” Use and Distribution Act of 1973, Section 2(A). When
    preparing the distribution plan, the Secretary was required to consider any distribution
    plan proposed by the tribes. See 
    id.
     at Section 3(A)(1). The Secretary of Interior also was
    required to hold a “hearing or record” with the tribes to obtain their input regarding the
    distribution plan. See 
    id.
     at Section 3(A)(2). The Secretary of Interior could request a 90-
    day extension of the 180-day timeline for submitting a proposed plan for the distribution
    of a judgment award to an Indian tribe, and such request was “subject to the approval of
    both the Senate and the House of Representatives committees on Interior and Insular
    Affairs.” See 
    id.
     at Section 2(B). The Secretary of Interior’s plan submitted to Congress
    would become effective after 60 days, absent Congressional disapproval of the plan.
    Upon the plan becoming effective, the Use and Distribution Act of 1973 required that the
    Secretary of Interior “take immediate action to implement the plan for the use or
    distribution of such judgment funds.” See 
    id.
     at Section 5(A). If the Secretary of Interior
    did not submit a proposal within 180 days of the date of the appropriation of the particular
    judgment award, and no 90-day extension was granted, then the Secretary of Interior
    would have to submit proposed legislation to Congress in order for the funds to be used
    or distributed.
    The Secretary of the Interior did not submit a distribution proposal within the
    required 180 days for the three funds at issue, given the complexity of the distribution
    issues, and no 90-day extension was granted. Thus, pursuant to the Use and Distribution
    Act of 1973, Congress would be required to pass legislation authorizing the distribution
    of the 326-K and 326-A Funds. As explained in more detail below, over the years, various
    members of Congress introduced bills for distributing the three tribal trust funds at issue,
    each of which did not pass. Distribution legislation was finally passed in 2004, and the
    326-K Fund was fully distributed in 2012. The principal of the 326-A Funds was never to
    be distributed and is currently held in trust as a permanent education trust fund, with the
    interest of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds to be used as educational grants for qualifying
    members of the Western Shoshone tribes.
    In 1974, the BIA Acting Deputy Commissioner of Indian Affairs sent BIA’s updated
    investment policy in a memorandum to the Area Directors of the BIA based in different
    geographical regions in the United States and in charge of overseeing the investment of
    various tribal accounts from tribes in their particular regions, which stated:
    Area and agency offices should work very closely with the tribes to
    determine the cash needs and ascertain if trust funds are available for
    investment. When a decision has been made that surplus funds are
    available for investment, arrangements should be made immediately with
    the Branch of Investments, Albuquerque, to invest the funds.
    8
    The 1974 policy memorandum also stated:
    Investments can be made for a period of one day or for as much as 25 years
    or longer. Therefore, all funds except the funds for immediate needs can be
    invested to provide a greater income to the tribe. The maturity dates can be
    arranged to coincide with the needs for the funds. If requested, the funds
    are returned to the U.S. Treasury at maturity and are available immediately
    for expenditure through the normal procedures for the advance of funds to
    the tribe.
    It is the policy of the Bureau of Indian Affairs to maximize returns on all
    tribal, as well as individual, trust funds. This comports with the recent
    decision in Manchester Band of Pomo Indians v. United States, 
    363 F. Supp. 1238
     (N.D. California 1973).
    Each Area Director has the responsibility for determining if surplus funds
    are available for investment purposes and notifying the Branch of
    Investments, Albuquerque, to take the necessary action to invest the funds.
    (underline in original).
    Subsequently, the BIA included a policy statement as part of the BIA’s “REPORT
    OF INVESTMENT OF INDIAN TRUST FUNDS FOR FISCAL YEARS 1986 and 1987,”
    which was introduced as a joint exhibit at trial. (capitalization in original). The “REPORT”
    contained two separate sections which discussed the BIA’s investment policy.
    (capitalization in original). The first section, titled “AUTHORITY,” stated:
    Our basic authority is contained in 25 USC 162a [sic], which is specific for
    Tribal and individual trust funds, and PL 98-146 which authorizes the
    investment of collections from irrigation and power projects. The Bureau
    can invest in certificates of deposit with banks and savings and loans which
    are insured by FDIC [Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation] or FSLIC
    [Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation], or in banks which have
    pledged collateral securities guaranteed as to both principal and interest by
    the U.S. Government. Most of the purchased CD’s are for periods of less
    than 1 year, although 1, 2 and 3 year CD’s have been purchased on
    occasion. Investments can also be made through purchases of public debt
    obligations of the United States (Treasury issues) or other obligations which
    are guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the U.S. Government.
    (capitalization and emphasis in original). The second section, titled “INVESTMENT
    POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS,” stated:
    Although BIA is the Trustee for Indian funds, an ideal investment
    relationship is one in which Tribes participate fully by providing well thought-
    out investment policies and instructions based on realistic cash flow
    9
    projections which are based on complete tribal budgets. It is possible,
    through knowing the amounts required and when disbursements are
    necessary, to plan the timing of investment maturities to maximize interest
    rates and earnings and also have the funds available when needed.
    (capitalization and emphasis in original). The parties agree that throughout the 1980s and
    until the early 1990s, the BIA had a program in which it pooled approximately 70% to 80%
    of tribal trust funds managed by the Department of the Interior into short-term jumbo CDs
    in banks nationwide, which had a maturity of one year or less. Plaintiffs’ liability expert,
    Mr. Nunes, testified at trial that during the 1980s, the BIA had a “blanket kind of approach
    to all Indian funds that we saw,” which was to invest tribal trust funds in “very short term
    and almost entirely in their CD program.” Defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, similarly
    testified at the liability trial that:
    [I]n the 1980s, the primary investments were into certificate of deposits, and
    the -- the Government had this unique CD program in which they pooled the
    money from a lot of different tribes and invested it in bank CDs all over the
    country, and because of the pooling, they were able to buy very large CDs.
    Dr. Starks further stated at the liability trial, the general maturities of the BIA’s CD
    investments “were usually one year or less.” By pooling tribal trust funds, as Dr. Starks
    testified at trial, the BIA was able to achieve higher returns while ensuring that the tribal
    trust funds remained protected against any bank failures. Dr. Starks also testified at trial
    that the returns on the CDs were generally comparable to two- to three-year Treasury
    bonds.
    Also, in 1983, 1984, and 1989, the Department of the Interior consulted with
    various private investment firms and received three investment proposals from outside
    firms with recommendations on how to improve the Department of the Interior’s
    investment of its tribal trust funds. BIA received (1) a joint proposal from the American
    Indian National Bank (AINB) and Lehman Management Company (Lehman), (2) Security
    Pacific National Bank (Security Pacific), and (3) PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC).7 None
    of the firms proposed specific investment strategies for any particular tribal trust fund,
    including the tribal trust funds at issue in the above-captioned case, but instead
    recommended general investment strategies for tribes which had immediate cash flow
    needs and for tribes which had longer-term investment horizons. The Department of the
    Interior ultimately did not adopt those particular suggestions.
    PWC submitted the first, and most in-depth investment proposal, to the
    government on December 24, 1983. According to PWC, it conducted “an in-depth review
    7 The court notes that although the parties refer to the December 24, 1983 investment
    proposal as the “PWC investment proposal,” at the time of the proposal, the company’s
    name was “Price Waterhouse.” For consistency, and to follow the lead of the parties, the
    court refers to the December 24, 1983 investment proposal as the PWC investment
    proposal and refers to the company as PWC.
    10
    of the management of Indian trust funds,” which consisted of the government’s various
    tribal trust funds, “individual Indian monies” (IIM) accounts, “Indian Monies Proceeds of
    Labor” accounts, “Contributions,” and the “Alaska Native Escrow Fund. Plaintiffs’ 326-K
    Fund was one of various tribal trust funds the government held in trust during the 1980s.
    PWC reviewed the BIA’s investment of “Indian trust funds” between 1976 and 1983. The
    PWC proposal stated that “there is no evidence that outside money managers would have
    improved on the investment performance during the period 1976-1983,” but that moving
    forward, “we [PWC] recommend that the Bureau [of Indian Affairs] engage an outside
    investment advisor.”
    PWC’s December 24, 1983 investment proposal stated:
    In assessing the overall performance of the funds in recent years, we have
    found that the BIA Branch of Investments has achieved excellent
    investment results relative to other managed portfolios operating under
    similar investment authorizations. These recent successes are primarily
    attributable to a strategy of investing in short-term assets in the face of
    volatile interest rates and to the discovery of federal subsidies implicit in the
    pricing of FDIC and FSLIC insured CD’s.
    However, as the volatility of interest rates declines, yields will begin to reflect
    the relative risks associated with the maturity and underlying credit
    characterizing security investments. Further, the subsidies associated with
    fdic and fslic securities are under consideration by bank regulators and may
    not be available in the future.
    (capitalization in original). The PWC investment proposal also noted that the “[w]hile the
    BIA investment strategy has worked well in the past, the unusual market conditions of the
    recent past,” i.e., that the yield curve for bonds was inverted such that short-term
    securities had out-performed longer-term securities for the “last decade,” 1973 to 1983,
    “may not continue.” PWC also stated that “there is no guarantee that the current strategy
    of investing primarily in highly liquid short-term assets will achieve the same investment
    performance relative to other strategies if the capital markets return to traditional pricing
    behavior,” which is what the BIA did and achieved for the 326-K Fund from its deposit into
    the Treasury on December 19, 1979 until December 24, 1983, the date of the PWC’s
    proposal. According to the PWC investment proposal, unlike the “unusual” inverted yield
    curve between 1973 and 1983, “[u]nder the traditional yield curve,” meaning that longer-
    term investments out-perform shorter-term investments, “investors who assume the risks
    associated with long-term securities, are rewarded more than investors who place their
    funds in shorter term issues.”
    Although PWC concluded that the BIA’s management of the Indian trust funds
    between 1976 and 1983 was “excellent,” PWC noted that its “[m]easurement of actual
    portfolio performance” of the Indian trust fund “was confounded by an absence of data”
    and that PWC had to make various assumptions when analyzing the BIA’s investment
    performance during this time. The PWC investment proposal noted that:
    11
    The current BIA accounting system does not produce periodic reports of
    total returns (interest accrued each period plus changes in market value)
    for the Indian trust fund portfolios. In order to analyze the performance of
    the portfolio, we estimated total portfolio returns based on published returns
    earned on the following generic categories of securities comprising the
    Indian trust fund portfolios:
    o Insured or collateralized Certificate of Deposit (6 months to
    maturity)
    o Treasury Securities (5 months to maturity)
    o U.S. Government Agency Securities (7.1 years to maturity)
    The PWC investment proposal stated that “[t]he asset allocation among” the three generic
    securities listed above for its analysis of the government’s investment of Indian trust funds
    “was assumed to be the actual asset allocation for the IIM portfolio as of August 1983,” a
    different type of account than the tribal trust funds at issue in this case.
    The PWC investment proposal also provided “numerous recommendations by
    which the BIA can adjust to the changing investment environment and provide enhanced
    services to the beneficiaries of the trust funds,” which included the recommendation that
    BIA “[d]evelop and implement an ongoing process which will assist tribes and individuals
    to formulate investment objectives.” The PWC investment proposal recommended to the
    BIA a portfolio investment strategy of “passive diversification,” i.e., “[i]nvestment in
    securities representing a variety of market sectors, and maturities where such
    investments are held to maturity,” in order “to achieve the trust fund investment objectives
    as the capital markets begin to reflect the more traditional risk/return relationships.” PWC
    included five sample portfolios to illustrate that by using the passive diversification
    strategy, “a portfolio of securities can be chosen that will perform better than any single
    security in the portfolio.” PWC also explained in its investment report that of the five
    sample portfolios, three were “dominant,” meaning that these three portfolios earned the
    greatest return for the least risk. The first dominant portfolio was comprised of “10% T-
    bills, 30% C.D.’s” and “30% Intermediates, 30% Long Term” and had an “Expected
    Return” of 11.20%.8 The second dominant portfolio was comprised of “5% T-bills,” “50%
    C.D.’s,” and “25% Intermediates, 20% Long Term,” and had an “Expected Return” of
    “10.92%.” The third dominant portfolio was comprised of “20% T-bills, 40% C.D.’s” and
    “40% Intermediates,” and had an “Expected Return” of “10.40%.”
    Of the non-dominant portfolios, the first was comprised of “22% T-bills, 70% C.D.’s”
    and “8% Intermediates,” and had an “Expected Return” of “10.02%.” The second was
    comprised of “22% T-bills, 70% C.D.’s” and “8% Intermediates,” and had an “Expected
    Return” of “9.90%” The three dominant portfolios, which were expected to experience the
    8The PWC investment proposal did not define what constitutes an “Intermediate” security
    and what constitutes a “Long-term” security. The PWC investment proposal, however,
    noted that “[t]wo-, three-, and five-year notes” were not considered “Long-term bonds.”
    12
    highest rate of returns from PWC’s five sample portfolios, contained the highest
    combination of long-term and intermediate-term securities.
    The PWC investment proposal also noted that because the five portfolios assumed
    that a typical yield curve, i.e., when longer-term investments out-perform shorter-term
    investments, “observed during the period of 1926-1973 would prevail, it is not surprising
    that the dominant portfolios (earning the greatest return for least risk) contained a
    substantially larger proportion of longer-term securities than we have observed in the BIA
    portfolios.”
    AINB and Lehman submitted their joint investment proposal to the government on
    October 30, 1984 and “jointly” proposed “to organize, manage, and administer a mutual
    fund to serve as an alternative investment vehicle for the American Indian Tribal Trust
    Funds.” Unlike PWC, AINB and Lehman did not present a review of the BIA’s past
    investment of the Indian trust fund in its joint investment proposal, nor commented on
    whether the BIA had obtained “excellent” investment results in the past. AINB and
    Lehman proposed that the Department of the Interior’s tribal trust funds, depending on
    the cash flow needs of a particular tribe, be invested in one of two portfolios. The first
    proposed portfolio was a money market portfolio “invested in money market instruments
    with maturities not exceeding one year.” The second proposed portfolio was “an
    intermediate-term portfolio invested in obligations with maturities not to exceed five years.
    Such maturities typically have higher yields than money market instruments.”
    Security Pacific discussed its investment recommendations with the government
    during an investment meeting in San Diego, California from December 7-8, 1989, and its
    recommendations were memorialized in a BIA memorandum dated January 17, 1990.
    The BIA memorandum did not discuss whether Security Pacific had conducted a review
    of the BIA’s past investment of the Indian trust fund in its investment proposal, nor did the
    BIA memorandum comment on whether Security Pacific believed that the BIA’s
    investment of the Indian trust fund was “excellent,” as PWC had concluded in its
    investment proposal. Security Pacific recommended that the BIA pool together and invest
    the largest twenty-five tribal trust funds as follows: 48% of the funds in short-term
    securities, 38% of the funds in intermediate-term securities, and 14% of the funds in long-
    term securities.9 Security Pacific recommended that the BIA pool together and invest the
    remaining tribal trust funds as follows: 61% in short-term securities, 29% in intermediate-
    term securities, and 10% in long-term securities.
    The BIA memorandum memorializing Security Pacific’s investment
    recommendations did not state whether plaintiffs’ 326-K Fund was one of the tribal trust
    funds considered by Security Pacific. According to the testimony of defendant’s damages
    expert, Justin Mclean, at the liability trial, plaintiffs’ 326-K Fund would have been among
    one of the largest twenty-five tribal trust funds pooled together and invested in Security
    Pacific’s proposed portfolio. The 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds, the other two trust funds at
    9 The Security Pacific proposal did not define what maturities would constitute a “short-
    term” security, an “intermediate” security, or a “long-term” security.
    13
    issue in this case, were not yet in existence at the time that Security Pacific made its
    recommendations to the BIA.
    In 1990, the Office of Trust Funds Management was established within the BIA at
    the Department of the Interior. The Office of Trust Funds Management consolidated the
    accounting and investment functions managing and governing tribal trust funds. As both
    parties’ liability experts testified during the liability trial in the above-captioned case, during
    the early 1990s, the Department of the Interior transitioned from its program of pooling
    together and investing tribal trust funds in short-term jumbo CDs to primarily investing
    tribal trust funds into other securities with varying maturities, such as agency and
    Treasury securities. Plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, testified at the liability trial that
    around the early 1990s, the BIA made “a wholesale transition away from the CD program,
    which ultimately went away completely, and monies now were being invested in agency
    securities, mortgage-backeds, callable bonds, and things like that.” Defendant’s liability
    expert, Dr. Starks, testified at the liability trial that “[a]fter about [19]91,” the BIA made a
    “programmatic” switch from investing tribal trust funds in jumbo CDs into “agency
    securities in particular and a little bit longer term U.S. Treasuries.”
    The Department of the Interior’s shift from CDs was reflected in the October 1,
    1992 edition of the Office of Trust Funds Management’s quarterly journal “TRUST,”
    introduced at trial in the above-captioned by both parties as a joint exhibit. (capitalization
    in original). According to the October 1, 1992 journal, the Branch of Investments Chief at
    the Department of the Interior, Fred Kellerup, “got OTFM [Office of Trust Funds
    Management] on the right road four years ago [in 1988] when the trust funds investment
    portfolio began its transformation from CD’s to government securities.” Mr. Kellerup
    provided the following advice to tribes in the October 1, 1992 journal: “Stay away from the
    long bond. There’s no need for tribes to invest beyond 15 years. You’re too far out if
    interest rates turn around. Shorten up on the maturity. Even if you have cash flow needs,
    go for the three-to-seven year government securities. Avoid the one-year CDs.”
    (emphasis in original).
    Also, during the early 1990s, Congress investigated BIA’s management and
    investment of the Indian trust fund, comprised of tribal trust funds, such as the three tribal
    trust funds at issue in the above-captioned case, and the IIM trust fund. The
    Congressional Committee on Government Operations published the results of the
    investigation in an April 1, 1992 report, titled “MISPLACED TRUST: THE BUREAU OF
    INDIAN AFFAIRS’ MISMANAGEMENT OF THE INDIAN TRUST FUND,” (the 1992
    Congressional Report) introduced at trial in the above-captioned case by both parties as
    a joint exhibit. (capitalization in original). The 1992 Congressional Report explained that
    the IIM trust fund is “a deposit fund, usually not voluntary, for individual participants and
    tribes.” The Department of the Interior’s investment of the IIM trust fund is not at issue in
    the above-captioned case. The 1992 Congressional Report also explained that as of April
    1, 1992, “the BIA is responsible for managing and investing almost $2 billion in tribal and
    individual Indian funds.”
    14
    The 1992 Congressional Report summarized the BIA’s duty to Indian tribes as a
    “fiduciary duty to ‘maximize the trust income by prudent investment.’” (quoting Cheyenne-
    Arapaho Tribes v. United States, 
    206 Ct. Cl. 340
    , 348, 
    512 F.2d 1390
    , 1394 (1975)
    (Cheyenne-Arapaho)). The 1992 Congressional Report explained that “[t]his
    responsibility requires the Government to stay well-informed about the rates of return and
    investment opportunities and to intelligently choose from among authorized investment
    opportunities to obtain the highest rate of return to make the trust funds productive.” The
    1992 Congressional Report noted that “the Bureau’s fiduciary responsibilities are not
    dissimilar to the duties performed by many private trustees” and that:
    To fulfill these important obligations it is necessary for the agency to fully
    understand both its fiduciary duties and the financial marketplace. Stated
    simply these fundamental assignments are: To accurately account to the
    beneficiary; to make accounts productive for the beneficiaries; and to
    maximize the trust income through prudent investment. To successfully
    perform these tasks, the Bureau of Indian Affairs, as any fiduciary, must
    conduct itself as a sophisticated investor, a smart shopper, and a highly
    diligent and resourceful manager.
    Upon review of the BIA’s investment of Indian trust fund, the 1992 Congressional
    Report found that the BIA had “longstanding financial management problems in its
    administration of the Indian trust fund,” primarily due to a failure to “accurately account
    for trust fund moneys.” The 1992 Congressional Report explained that:
    Indeed, it [BIA] cannot even provide accountholders with meaningful
    periodic statements on their account balances. It cannot consistently and
    prudently invest trust funds and pay interest to accountholders. It does not
    have consistent written policies or procedures that cover all of its trust fund
    accounting practices. Under the management of the Bureau of Indian
    Affairs, the Indian trust fund is equivalent to a bank that doesn’t know how
    much money it has.
    Notably, the plaintiffs in the above-captioned case do not at all allege that defendant
    breached its fiduciary duty by failing to keep accurate records of the plaintiffs’ tribal trust
    funds or that the defendant failed to provide plaintiffs with periodic account statements.
    Plaintiffs, instead, argued that the defendant invested their three tribal trust funds in too
    short-term securities, and, thus, did not maximize the investment return on their tribal trust
    funds.
    Subsequently, Congress passed the American Indian Trust Fund Management
    Reform Act, Pub. L. No. 103-412, 
    108 Stat. 4239
     (1994) (1994 Trust Fund Management
    Reform Act), which created the Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians (Office
    of the Special Trustee) within the Department of the Interior, to be headed by the Special
    Trustee. See 1994 Trust Fund Management Reform Act, codified at 
    25 U.S.C. § 4001
     et
    seq. According to the 1994 Trust Fund Management Reform Act, the Special Trustee was
    to “ensure proper and efficient discharge of the Secretary’s trust responsibilities to Indian
    15
    tribes and individual Indians.” 
    25 U.S.C. § 4043
    (a)(1) (1994). The 1994 Trust Fund
    Management Reform Act also recognized that
    [t]he Special Trustee shall ensure that the Bureau [of Indian Affairs]
    establishes appropriate policies and procedures, and develops necessary
    systems, that will allow it-- (i) properly to account for and invest, as well as
    maximize, in a manner consistent with the statutory restrictions imposed on
    the Secretary’s investment options, the return on the investment of all trust
    fund monies . . . .
    
    Id.
     at § 4043(b)(2)(B) (1994).
    The 1994 Trust Fund Management Reform Act also established a nine-member
    Advisory Board to assist and advise the Special Trustee with implementation of the 1994
    Trust Fund Management Reform Act. In 1996, the Office of the Special Trustee, a
    separate office within the Department of the Interior, took over the responsibility of
    managing tribal trust funds from the BIA. As the parties jointly stipulate, on September
    11, 1996, the Special Trustee appointed the “OTFM Management Board” to establish an
    operating policy to ensure that tribal trust funds were maintained in a proper and prudent
    mix and maturity distribution, “represent sound extensions of credit, and are appropriate
    assets with regard to legal requirements and needs of the Indian beneficiaries involved.”
    (internal quotation marks omitted). The OTFM Management Board, as both parties jointly
    stipulated to in the above-captioned case, became known in April 2005 as the Office of
    the Special Trustee Investment Management Committee, and was sometimes referred to
    as the “Portfolio Review Committee,” according to the testimony of defendant’s fact
    witness, Mr. Robert Winter, at the liability trial.
    Mr. Winter also testified at the liability trial that the Portfolio Review Committee is
    “a group of senior officials that are well versed in all of the management functions in OST
    [Office of the Special Trustee], that meet with the investment group to review specifics
    about investments for all tribal trust funds annually.” Mr. Winter also testified that he
    became a member of the Portfolio Review Committee in 2001 and was still a member of
    the committee at the time of liability trial in the above-captioned case. As Mr. Winter
    explained, the Portfolio Review Committee would review the account objectives for each
    tribal trust fund and whether the tribal trust fund was invested in accordance with the
    agency’s policies. According to Mr. Winter’s testimony at the liability trial, if the Portfolio
    Review Committee disagreed with a particular investment manager’s investment strategy
    for a specific fund, the Portfolio Review Committee had the authority to direct the
    investment manager to change the investment strategy. With regard to plaintiffs’ 326-K
    Fund, Mr. Winter noted:
    You know, each year this account came up we made sure that we asked
    what further information do you have or, you know, certainly knowing
    amongst ourselves, we definitely got news of, you know, pending
    legislation, legislation that’s been introduced, you know, the possibilities of
    16
    that legislation passing. So this was definitely a time period[10] when there
    were bills being introduced which caused us to, you know, limit it to -- not
    limit it to, but to make those maturities around two years.
    On February 7, 1997, the Office of the Special Trustee sent a memorandum, which
    was introduced by both parties in the above-captioned case as a joint trial exhibit, titled
    “OTFM POLICY MEMORANDUM NO. POL97-002” to the Office of Trust Funds
    Management Division’s Chiefs, Area Trust Accountants, and Agency Personnel, which
    discussed the Office of the Special Trustee’s “Investment Policy” (1997 Office of the
    Special Trustee Policy). (capitalization in original). The 1997 Office of the Special Trustee
    Policy established “the criteria by which OTFM will manage the Tribal, Individual Indian
    Monies, and Special Funds entrusted to it for investment.” Pursuant to the 1997 Office of
    the Special Trustee Policy, the “investment activities of OTFM will be conducted to
    achieve” three primary objectives. The first objective was “Quality” of the investment
    portfolio, which included the “safety of principal, minimization of market risk and overall
    risk diversification.” (capitalization and emphasis in original). The second objective was
    having some “Liquidity” of investments, meaning that “an adequate percentage of the
    portfolio should be maintained in liquid, short-term investments that could be converted
    to cash, if necessary, in order to meet the tribal disbursement requirements.”
    (capitalization and emphasis in original). The last objective was the “Rate of Return” of
    the portfolio. (capitalization and emphasis in original). According to the 1997 Office of the
    Special Trustee Policy,
    [o]f major importance in all of the OTFM managed portfolios is an
    acceptable rate of return over the long term without compromising the other
    stated objectives of quality and liquidity. The specific portfolios should be
    structured to achieve at least a market-average rate of return throughout
    economic cycles, taking into account the specific tribe’s risk constraints and
    the cash flow requirements dictated by its use and distribution plans and/or
    budget forecasts. Whenever possible, and consistent with risk limitations as
    defined herein and prudent investment principles, investment officers shall
    seek to augment returns above the market average rate of return.
    At the liability trial, defendant’s fact witness, Mr. Winter, explained his
    understanding of the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy’s Rate of Return objective
    and his involvement in reviewing and updating the Office of the Special Trustee’s policies
    throughout the late 2000s. Mr. Winter testified that he began working at the Office of the
    Special Trustee in 1998 and that between “2007 and 2011,” he “headed up the Office of
    Trust Services” which oversaw the “Office of Trust Funds Investments.” The Office of
    Trust Funds Investments, according to Mr. Winter, is “essentially the investing shop at the
    Office of the Special Trustee.” Mr. Winter also testified that during his time at the Office
    10 According to Mr. Winter’s trial testimony at the liability trial, the “time period” referenced
    was the early 2000s, when Mr. Winter joined the Portfolio Review Committee and when
    Congress began, once again, to introduce bills for the distribution of plaintiffs’ three tribal
    trust funds.
    17
    of Trust Services, he was responsible for “developing investment policy and reviewing
    and amending investment policy” for the Office of the Special Trustee, and also to “review
    the past policies of the Office of the Special Trustee and even those of its predecessor,
    the BIA.” Mr. Winter testified at the liability trial that his understanding of the Rate of
    Return objective “simply refers to, in conjunction with ensuring the quality is there and
    that the cash flows have been identified and that there will be adequate liquidity within the
    portfolio, that we should structure the remainder of the portfolio in such a manner as to
    achieve above-average market rates.” Mr. Winter also testified that in order to obtain
    “above-average market rates,” as required by the Rate of Return objective contained
    within the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy, it was his understanding that “we
    need to do adequate analysis of the cash flows in order to ensure that we obtain the
    highest rates for the maturities that we select in order to maintain those proper flows.” At
    the liability trial, Mr. Winter testified that the cash flow analysis differs with respect to
    different tribal accounts. Mr. Winter testified that regarding a cash flow analysis for a
    judgment fund, “where it’s 100 percent per capita payout,” like plaintiffs’ 326-K Fund at
    issue in the above-captioned case, “then really all you need to know is the distribution
    date.” When asked by defendant’s counsel at trial what the effect of an uncertain timeline
    for the distribution of a particular judgment fund would have on the Office of the Special
    Trustee’s cash flow analysis, Mr. Winter responded that, “[w]ell, we certainly try to obtain
    the most accurate data we can about a particular distribution date if there’s not one
    already stated, and, you know, we try to base our maturity schedule on the earliest
    available date that that fund might be paid out.”
    The 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy also listed “ACCEPTABLE
    PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND PRACTICES,” which explained, among other
    practices, the Office of the Special Trustee’s “‘Holding’ versus ‘Trading’” practice.
    (capitalization and emphasis in original). According to the section of the 1997 Office of
    the Special Trustee Policy discussing “Holding versus Trading,”
    OTFM intends to manage its Indian trust portfolios in a manner that protects
    the integrity of the primary function of the portfolio, which is to provide
    maximum income for the tribes while conforming to prescribed statutory
    limitations and prudent fiduciary investment principles.
    Because OTFM has a small number of investment managers responsible
    for the investment management of over 1450 separate portfolios, OTFM will
    purchase securities with the intent to hold each security until maturity, while
    realizing that sales can and may occur prior to maturity form some of the
    following reasons:
    1. When account review presents obvious opportunity for
    portfolio enhancement from the reinvestment of sales
    proceeds into comparable maturities thereby improving
    yield or quality without adversely affecting overall quality,
    mix or maturity of the investment portfolio.
    2. The need to improve or increase portfolio liquidity.
    18
    3. The need to invest the proceeds of a security maturing
    within one year because of an interest-rate scenario that
    would be detrimental to the performance of the portfolio if
    held to maturity before investing, i.e., a rapidly falling
    interest rate period.
    4. A reduced credit rating of the issuing Agency renders the
    security to be of less than acceptable quality to remain in
    the portfolio.
    The 1997 Office of the Special Trustee’s “Holding versus Trading” section also
    noted that “[i]nfrequent investment portfolio restructuring carried out in conjunction with a
    prudent overall risk-management plan that does not result in a pattern of gains being
    taken and losses deferred will generally be viewed as an acceptable practice within the
    context of an investment portfolio.” According to the trial testimony of defendant’s fact
    witness at the liability trial, Mr. Winter, the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee’s “Holding
    versus Trading” practice meant that,
    that we need to purchase securities with the intent and ability to hold to
    maturity; and that, secondly, we’re permitted infrequent investment
    restructuring if the market conditions present themselves as such, but we
    can’t be doing so by establishing a pattern of buying and selling, reaping
    gains and losses on any sort of frequency.
    According to Mr. Winter, the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy was the “first formal
    policy adopted by the Office of the Special Trustee.” Mr. Winter testified at the liability trial
    that the Office of the Special Trustee issued amendments to the 1997 Office of the Special
    Trustee Policy in 1999, 2000, and 2005, but that these policy amendments, apart from
    extending the maturity limits of certain government-backed securities from an “average
    life” of ten to fifteen years, were not “material” changes to the 1997 Office of the Special
    Trust Policy. Moreover, Mr. Winter testified that the 2005 policy amendment was the
    policy in place up until the distribution of the 326-K Fund.
    The Investment Market for Bonds from the Early 1950s to 2013
    At the liability trial, the parties agreed that between the early 1950s up until 1979,
    the beginning of the period at issue in the above-captioned case, interest rates on bonds
    steadily increased, and that there was an inverted “yield curve.” A “yield curve” displays
    the relationship between a bond’s yield and maturity. An inverted yield curve occurs when
    shorter-term securities are experiencing higher yields than longer-term securities. For
    example, beginning around 1958, the 5-year Treasury bond achieved higher returns than
    the 7-year Treasury bond or the 20-year Treasury bond, and such was the case until
    1979.
    From December 1979 until 1981, the first three years of the period at issue in the
    above-captioned case, interest rates on bonds continued to increase and the yield curve
    remained inverted. As defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, testified at the liability trial,
    19
    the “peak of interest rates from between 1950 and 2012” occurred in September 1981.
    Following the September 1981 interest rate peak until September 2013, the end of the
    period at issue, the parties agreed that the interest rates generally decreased and that
    bond prices steadily increased. The parties agreed that following the September 1981
    interest rate peak, but for a few short-lived periods, the yield curve was upward sloping
    until 2013, the end of the investment period at issue. An upward sloping yield curve means
    that longer-term securities experience higher returns than shorter-term securities.
    The parties agree that, the despite the inverted yield curve between the 1950s and
    1981, the yield curve for fixed-income securities is typically upward sloping. Plaintiffs’
    liability expert report by Rocky Hill Advisors, Inc. (Rocky Hill Advisors) noted that a “2007
    study of the past 80 years found that in 72 of those years (90% of the time) the yield curve
    was upward sloping and that, on average over all of those years, long-term Treasury
    bonds[11] tended to yield about 1-1/2% more than short-term Treasury bills.” Defendant
    did not contest the validity of the 2007 study cited to by plaintiffs in their liability expert
    report. Plaintiffs’ Rocky Hill Advisors’ liability expert report also noted:
    Generally, the longer the maturity of a fixed-income investment, the higher
    will be its coupon interest rate (the contract rate of interest) and potential
    return. This is because investors perceive higher risk the further out in time
    an investment extends, thus they demand higher returns to compensate for
    the additional risk. Although there are periods where this relationship inverts
    (that is, interest rates on shorter-term investments exceed those on longer-
    term investments), the frequency and duration of such events is de minimis
    when compared to the norm.
    (footnote omitted). Defendant’s damages expert report, prepared by Dr. Gordon
    Alexander, similarly noted that the yield curve is normally upward sloping, stating that
    “[g]iven the fact that the yield curve is generally upward sloping, the practical result of this
    observation would be to invest primarily in long maturities when monies are expected to
    remain invested for longer periods.”
    Plaintiffs’ liability expert report by Rocky Hill Advisors provided a hypothetical
    which illustrated that longer-term investments generally would have out-performed
    shorter-term investments during the thirty-three-year period at issue in this case.
    According to plaintiffs’ expert report by Rocky Hill Advisors, if an investor were to have
    invested $1,000.00 in three separate portfolios beginning in December 1, 1979, the
    starting month of the relevant time period in the above-captioned case, and have left that
    $1,000.00 fully invested through September 30, 2013, the end date of the relevant period
    in this case, the portfolio with the longest-term securities would have achieved the highest
    rate return. The three portfolios from the hypothetical are as follows:
    11Plaintiffs’ liability expert report did not define what maturities of Treasury securities
    would be considered “long-term Treasury bonds.”
    20
    • Portfolio 1 in a short-term (i.e., an average maturity of about 3 years)
    basket of Treasury securities represented by the Barclays 1-5 Year U.S.
    Treasury Index;
    • Portfolio 2 in an intermediate-term (i.e., an average maturity of about 7.5
    years) basket of Treasury securities represented by the Barclays U.S.
    Treasury Index; and
    • Portfolio 3 in a long-term (i.e., an average maturity of 20+ years) basket of
    Treasury securities represented by the Barclays Long-Term U.S. Treasury
    Index.
    According to the hypothetical, the $1,000.00 in Portfolio 1, the short-term portfolio, would
    have grown to $10,154.94 by September 30, 2013. The $1,000.00 in Portfolio 2, the
    intermediate-term portfolio, would have grown to $13,720.07 by September 30, 2013. The
    $1,000.00 in Portfolio 3, the long-term portfolio, would have grown to $20,868.30 by
    September 30, 2013.
    Defendant’s damages expert report by Dr. Alexander in advance of the liability trial
    referred to a hypothetical similar to the hypothetical included in plaintiffs’ expert report by
    Rocky Hill Advisors. Defendant’s damages expert report looked at three $1,000.00
    portfolios from 1979 to 2013. The first portfolio was invested in 5-year Treasury bonds,
    the second portfolio was invested in 7-year Treasury bonds, and the third portfolio was
    invested in 20-year Treasury bonds. The $1,000.00 invested in 5-year Treasury bonds
    grew the least, to approximately $14,000.00. The $1,000.00 invested in 7-year Treasury
    bonds grew to approximately $15,500.00. The $1,000.00 invested in the 20-year Treasury
    bonds grew the most, to approximately $21,000.00.
    Additionally, plaintiffs’ rebuttal expert witness at the liability trial, Dr. Goldstein,
    illustrated in his rebuttal expert report that, with regard to the 326-K Fund, a “simple buy-
    and-hold strategy that invested” plaintiffs’ 326-K Fund “in 10-year U.S. Treasuries,” from
    1979, when the 326-K Fund was deposited into the United States Treasury, through 2004,
    when Congress passed the distribution plan legislation for plaintiffs’ tribal trust funds, and
    “then rolling [the 326-K Fund] into 1-year U.S. Treasuries,” from 2005 until 2013, the end
    of the period at issue, the government would have experienced higher returns than what
    it actually achieved. According to Dr. Goldstein’s calculations, “had the BIA simply
    followed a mechanical strategy of investing in 10-year U.S. Treasuries, it would have
    ended the period with an additional $72 million above what it did under its chosen
    strategy.” Dr. Goldstein did the same exercise “with 20-year U.S. Treasuries” and “[u]nder
    this simple strategy, the WSIG [Western Shoshone Identifiable Group] account would
    have held an additional $179 million.” Dr. Goldstein noted in his report that “I stress that
    these are not damages estimates, which I have not been asked to provide. The figures
    are just a clear way to illustrate the benefits of locking in typically higher long-term rates
    over the relevant period.”
    21
    The Department of the Interior’s Investment of the 326-K Fund
    The period at issue regarding the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund was
    from December 19, 1979, the date on which the ICC’s initial award payment of
    $26,145.189.89 was deposited into the United States Treasury, until September 30, 2013,
    the last date for which the Trust Account Database (TAD), the government’s electronic
    account database, reported account information for the 326-K Fund. According to the
    testimony of plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, at the liability trial, the TAD is “a
    compilation of several sub-databases that include information regarding the different
    accounting systems the Government had and the coding that they used to identify, you
    know, what a transaction was. It includes from 1972 -- from July 1, 1972, forward” a
    “compendium of all the transactions that went through an account, and then there’s a lot
    of descriptive and other data that’s in there as well.” Mr. Nunes also testified at the liability
    trial that the government provided plaintiffs with access to the TAD for plaintiffs’ three
    tribal trust funds for the period at issue, December 1979 through September 2013. Both
    of the parties’ liability experts relied on the TAD when re-constructing the investment
    performance of plaintiffs’ 326-K Fund between December 1979 and September 2013 in
    their respective liability expert reports and damages expert reports. Both parties do not
    contest the data reflected in the TAD for the 326-K, 326-A-1, and 326-A-3 Funds.
    The initial amount of the 326-K Fund, when deposited in the United States
    Treasury on December 19, 1979, was $26,145,189.89. Before the first distribution
    payment of the 326-K Fund was issued in 2011 to 3,187 individuals, the 326-K Fund
    balance had grown to approximately $183,794,000.00. According to defendant’s opening
    statement at trial, between December 1979 until the first distribution of the 326-K Fund in
    2011, the 326-K Fund experienced an average annual return of 6.8%, the accuracy of
    which plaintiffs did not contest. The final distribution payments of the 326-K Fund were
    made on September 29, 2012 and October 2, 2012. As of September 2013, the last date
    for which data was available regarding the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund,
    a residual amount of approximately $36,000.00 remained in trust by the government.
    Plaintiffs’ counsel explained at the closing argument for the liability phase of trial, that
    plaintiffs are not seeking to recover the residual amount of $36,000.00 in the above-
    captioned case. Plaintiffs’ counsel did not clarify why $36,000.00 remained in the
    government’s account. Plaintiffs’ counsel at closing argument stated that a potential
    reason for the residual amount left in trust with the government was because “maybe you
    haven’t identified a recipient or there’s been some glitch, something like that.”
    The Maturity Structure of the 326-K Fund
    In their liability expert reports, and at the liability trial, both parties discussed the
    “average weighted maturity” of the 326-K Fund. According to the testimony of defendant’s
    liability expert, Dr. Starks, at the liability trial, the “average weighted maturity” is based on
    the maturity of all the securities in which the 326-K Fund was invested in at a given time.
    Dr. Starks testified that the maturity is then viewed as a “weighted average” based on the
    “value” that the securities “are in their portfolio, so that if you have an investment that’s
    very short term and is, you know, 50 percent of the portfolio, then it’s going to be lower
    22
    overall and vice versa.” Plaintiffs argued that the average weighted maturity of the 326-K
    Fund throughout the thirty-three-year period at issue was too short- term, and, therefore,
    the 326-K Fund was imprudently invested. Defendant argued to the contrary.
    At the liability trial, the parties discussed three different methods for analyzing the
    average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund. The first method calculated the average
    weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund based on the securities’ stated years to maturity.
    For example, a ten-year bond has a stated ten-year maturity. The second method
    calculated the average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund based on the securities’
    “years to call,” which uses the call date of callable securities in which the government
    invested the 326-K Fund. According to the testimony of plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr.
    Nunes, at the liability trial, a callable security is a security for which the issuer retains the
    right to call the security back before maturity by a specific “call” date. Therefore, if an
    issuer exercises its right call back a ten-year callable bond after five years following its
    issuance, then the ten-year bond’s maturity would be five years. The parties’ liability
    experts agreed in their respective expert reports that the government began to invest the
    326-K Fund in callable securities beginning in the early 1990s. According to the testimony
    of plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, at the liability trial, approximately 85% of the
    callable securities in which the 326-K Fund was invested were called back, which
    defendant did not contest. Even though only approximately 85% of the callable securities
    chosen by the government for the 326-K Fund were called back, both of the parties’
    liability experts appear to use the call dates for all callable securities in which the
    government invested the 326-K Fund when calculating the average weighted maturity
    based on years to call.
    The third method discussed by the parties based the average weighted maturity of
    the 326-K Fund on the call dates of the callable securities and made an adjustment for
    the prepayment of mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities, as
    explained in plaintiffs’ rebuttal expert report by Dr. Goldstein,
    are asset backed securities backed by mortgages and include pass-through
    securities (such as those from GNMA [Government National Mortgage
    Association], FNMA [Federal National Mortgage Association], and FHLMC
    [Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation]) and Collateralized Mortgage
    Obligations (“CMOs”). Pass-through securities such as those from GNMA,
    FNMA, and FHLMC differ from normal bonds in that the principal value of
    the bond is amortized and thus paid off over time, rather than just at the
    time of maturity, so that each payment over the life of the mortgage-backed
    security contains some principal repayment. As such, the stated maturity of
    pass-through securities is not representative of the expected, or average,
    life of the investment. Some mortgage-backed securities, such as CMOs,
    are often also divided into tranches, each with a different level of risk. Higher
    tranches (such as tranche A) have their principal paid back first, whereas
    later tranches have to wait longer hence have a longer expected life.
    23
    (footnotes omitted; capitalization in original). According to plaintiffs’ rebuttal expert report,
    “in the 1990s,” the government invested the 326-K Fund “into mortgage backed securities
    where the average or expected life is notably shorter than the stated maturity. As a result,
    the actual weighted maturity of the fund,” even “after considering the impact of callable
    bonds,” would be “overstated” if not adjusted for the pre-payment of various mortgage-
    backed securities. Similar to plaintiffs’ rebuttal expert report regarding the government’s
    use of mortgage-backed securities, defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, testified at trial
    that the government began investing in mortgage-backed securities during the early
    1990s, and that, “what’s important about mortgage-backed securities is, especially in a
    falling interest rate environment, people refinance their homes, and so -- so you -- you
    usually don’t get the maturity you think you’re going to get because it can be paid off
    early.”
    Although the parties discussed the pre-payment mortgage issue, neither party
    presented at the liability trial, or, in their expert reports, an accurate, complete calculation
    of the average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund taking into account the pre-payment
    issue. Defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, presented at trial her attempt to account for
    the pre-payment issue in defendant’s Demonstrative Exhibit 10,12 a line graph depicting
    the 326-K Fund’s average weighted maturity based on (1) the stated maturity, (2) years
    to call, and (3) years to call with an adjustment for the pre-payment issue. Dr. Starks,
    however, admitted at trial that her attempt was not the most accurate because she “throws
    out the mortgage-backed securities because of the prepayment issue” from her
    calculations, and, thus, undercalculates the average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund.
    Plaintiffs did not present any calculation of the average weighted maturity of the 326-K
    Fund which accounted for the pre-payment issue during the course of the liability trial.
    When analyzing the average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund, the court will
    rely on the average weighted maturity based on the years to call. This method, as both
    parties agreed, more accurately depicts the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund than the
    average weighted maturity based on the stated years of maturity. As plaintiffs’ counsel
    noted at closing argument, “Dr. Starks [defendant’s liability expert] and Mr. Nunes
    [plaintiffs’ liability expert] agree[]” that “the stated years to maturity was not as accurate
    when you’re dealing with callable bonds, because it was more accurate to use the call
    date.” Dr. Starks, defendant’s liability expert, testified at trial that only considering the
    stated years to maturity of the 326-K Fund would make the 326-K Fund maturity structure
    appear a “little too long,” because the government had invested in callable bonds that
    were called back before maturity. Mr. Nunes, plaintiffs’ liability expert, similarly testified at
    trial that relying only on the stated years to maturity when calculating the average
    weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund, “actually makes the portfolio look like it has a longer
    structure than it actually does” because “almost entirely” all of the government’s callable
    bonds were called back. The court is aware that the average weighted maturity based
    12Both parties’ counsel used various demonstrative exhibits throughout the liability trial,
    which were all introduced and accepted into the trial record for the liability trial. The parties
    similarly used demonstrative exhibits, some of which are referenced below, and which
    were admitted into the trial record for the damages trial.
    24
    only on years to call does not take into account the pre-payment of the mortgage-backed
    securities. The record before the court, however, does not contain an accurate depiction
    of the weighted average maturity, taking into account the pre-payment issue of mortgage-
    backed-securities for the 326-K Fund, and the actual calculations to analyze the
    performance of the 326-K Fund, taking into account the pre-payment issue, remain
    somewhat elusive and speculative.
    According to both parties’ liability expert reports, which relied on the government’s
    data from the TAD, beginning in December 1979 to approximately December 1991, the
    average weighted maturity years to call of the 326-K Fund never exceeded two years,
    and during most of this period, the average weighted maturity was one year or less.
    Beginning in December 1991 until September 1993, the average weighted maturity years
    to call increased, reaching a peak of a little less than ten years. Following this peak in
    September 1993, until May 2002, the average weighted maturity years to call steadily
    decreased, reaching a low of approximately less than one year in May 2002. Then, from
    June 2002 until approximately early-2008, the average weighted maturity years to call
    fluctuated between a less than one year and slightly more than two years. Beginning
    around mid-2008 until December 2010, the average weighted maturity years to call
    fluctuated, starting around two and a half years, increasing to almost three years, and
    then dropping back down to approximately one year. Beginning in early-2011, when the
    government began to distribute the 326-K Fund to qualifying members of Western
    Shoshone tribes, the government effectively liquidated the 326-K Fund such that the
    average weighted maturity years to call decreased to an all-time low of almost zero years
    of maturity and flatlined at almost zero years of maturity until September 2013, the end of
    the time period at issue.
    As a visual aid of the 326-K Fund’s average maturity structure throughout the thirty-
    three-year period at issue, defendant’s Demonstrative Exhibit 10, which was introduced
    at trial during defendant’s direct examination of defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks,
    and used by plaintiffs’ counsel during their cross-examination of Dr. Starks, is displayed
    below. Defendant’s Demonstrative Exhibit 10 is titled “Maturity of WSJF [Western
    Shoshone Judgment Funds]13 portfolio varies over time” and contains three separate
    lines. The top most line, which was colored gray, displays the average weighted maturity
    of the 326-K Fund based on the stated years to maturity. The middle line, which was
    colored a light blue, depicts the average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund, based on
    the call dates of the securities, and is the line which the court looks to in this Opinion. The
    bottom line, which was colored dark blue, displays the average weighted maturity of the
    326-K Fund, based on the call dates of the securities and which did not include any
    mortgage-backed securities in order to account for the mortgage-backed security
    prepayment issue. As previously discussed, defendant’s attempt to account for the pre-
    13As the Western Shoshone Claims Distribution Act, Pub. L. No. 108-270, 
    118 Stat. 805
    (2004) (the Claims Distribution Act of 2004), the act which created the distribution
    mechanism for the three funds at issue, states, the “Western Shoshone Judgment Funds”
    refers to the 326-K Fund. The “Western Shoshone Joint Judgment Funds” refers to the
    326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds.
    25
    payment issue in Demonstrative Exhibit 10 would distort the average weighted maturity
    of the 326-K Fund and is not considered by this court. At the liability trial, plaintiffs did not
    contest Demonstrative Exhibit 10’s representation of the average weighted maturity of the
    326-K Fund based on the stated years to maturity, which was colored gray in
    Demonstrative Exhibit 10, or the years to call, which was colored light blue in
    Demonstrative Exhibit 10.14 In addition, both parties agree that the years to call, the
    middle line, which was colored a light blue, is a more accurate indicator than the years to
    maturity, the top line, which was colored gray.15
    14At the liability trial, plaintiffs did contest Demonstrative Exhibit 10’s depiction of the
    average weighted maturity of the 326-K Fund that was adjusted to account for the pre-
    payment issue, which was colored dark blue.
    15  Demonstrative Exhibit 10 displays only one line between December 1979 and
    December 1991. This is because, as defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, testified to at
    trial, the 326-K Fund was not invested in any callable bond or mortgage-backed securities
    during this time, and, therefore, the average weighted maturity of the fund was the same
    whether one considered the years to maturity, the years to call, or whether there was any
    adjustment made for the pre-payment of mortgages.
    26
    27
    The Types of Securities in which the Government Invested the 326-K Fund
    According to both parties’ liability expert reports, which relied on the government
    data in the TAD, from 1979 to 1989, the government invested the 326-K Fund almost
    solely in jumbo CDs, with a small portion of the 326-K Fund invested in agency, Treasury,
    and “overnight” securities. According to the testimony of Mr. Winter, one of defendant’s
    fact witnesses and director of Trust Operations at the Office of the Special Trustee at the
    Department of the Interior, at the liability trial, overnight securities are highly “liquid” “one-
    day” securities that are invested and redeemed “the very next day.” In the early 1990s,
    although the government continued to invest a portion of the 326-K Fund in CDs, the
    government began investing the 326-K Fund in a combination of agency securities,
    Treasury securities, mortgage-backed securities, and overnight securities. Some of the
    securities selected by the government beginning in 1991 were callable securities.
    Notably, by June of 1995, the government was no longer investing any of the 326-K Fund
    in CDs. From June 1995 until July 2011, the government invested the 326-K Fund in a
    mixture of agency securities, Treasury securities, mortgage-backed securities, non-
    government securities, and overnight securities. Beginning in August 2011, the
    government invested the 326-K Fund solely in overnight securities.
    The Department of the Interior’s Investment of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds
    The investment period at issue for the 326-A-1 Fund was from March 25, 1992,
    when the judgment award of $823,752.64 was deposited into the United States Treasury,
    until September 30, 2013. The investment period at issue for the 326-A-3 Fund was from
    September 15, 1995, when the judgment award of $29,396.60 was deposited into the
    United States Treasury, until September 30, 2013, the last date for which the TAD, the
    government’s electronic account database, reported account information for the 326-A
    Funds. The government did not co-mingle the 326-A-1 Fund with the 326-A-3 Fund and
    kept them in separate investment accounts. As discussed in more detail below, defendant
    did not present any evidence at trial regarding the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds because,
    according to defendant, plaintiffs do not have standing to assert a breach of trust with
    regard to the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds. Throughout the liability trial and the damages
    trial, plaintiffs referred to the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds together as the “326-A Funds.”
    Therefore, as with the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion on liability issued by the court, for
    purposes of this Opinion, the court will discuss the investment performance of the 326-A-
    1 and 326-A-3 Funds together. By September 30, 2013, according to the TAD, the
    balance of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds had grown to a total of $2,022,891.50.
    The Maturity Structure of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds
    The only party to present evidence at the liability trial regarding the maturity
    structure of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds were plaintiffs, who based their maturity
    calculations on data from the TAD. At trial, plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, testified
    that, as with the 326-K Fund, the government called back approximately 85% of the
    callable bonds in which the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds were invested. As with the 326-
    K Fund, Mr. Nunes also testified at trial that the average weighted maturity of the 326-A
    28
    Funds, based on the years to call, more accurately displays the maturity structure of these
    two funds than the average weighted maturity based on the stated years to maturity. For
    purpose of this Opinion, when discussing the maturity structure of the 326-A-1 and 326-
    A-3 Funds, the court, therefore, refers to the average weighted maturity years to call.16
    Between the deposit dates for the 326-A-1 Fund, which occurred on March 25,
    1992, and the 326-A-3 Fund, which occurred on September 15, 1995, and August 1999,
    the average weighted maturity years to call for the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds was
    approximately three years or less. Then, around September 1999, the average weighted
    maturity years to call for the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds spiked to approximately six
    years. The 1999 spike in maturity was relatively short-lived. The average weighted
    maturity years to call of the 326-A Funds fluctuated between five and seven years until
    September of 2001, when the average weighted maturity years to call for both A Funds
    decreased to less than one year. For the next eight years, from October 2001 to February
    2009, the average weighted maturity years to call for both A Funds did not exceed three
    years. Around March 2009, the average weighted maturity years to call for the 326-A-1
    and 326-A-3 Funds spiked to a high of approximately ten years and then immediately
    began to decrease, reaching an average weighted maturity years to call of five years by
    August 2009. Between September 2009 to February 2012, the average weighted maturity
    years to call for the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds fluctuated between approximately five
    and eight years. Around February 2012, the average weighted maturity years to call for
    the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds, increased to fourteen years and began to decrease
    around December 2012, reaching an average weighted maturity years to call of eleven
    years. The average weighted maturity years to call for the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds
    remained at approximately eleven years until September 2013, the end of the time period
    in question.
    As a visual aid of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds’ maturity structure throughout
    the twenty-one-year period at issue, plaintiffs’ Demonstrative Exhibit 14, introduced at
    trial, and prepared and testified to by plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, is displayed
    below. Plaintiffs’ Demonstrative Exhibit 14 contains two separate lines. The top line of the
    graph, which was colored blue, depicts the average weighted maturity based on the
    stated years of maturity. The bottom line of the graph, which was colored red, displays
    the average weighted maturity for the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds, taking into account
    the call dates for the callable securities and is the line which the court looks to in this
    Opinion. Defendant did not contest plaintiffs’ representation of the average weighted
    maturity of the 326-A Funds contained in plaintiffs’ Demonstrative Exhibit 14.
    16As with the 326-K Fund, the record before the court does not contain data regarding
    the average weighted maturity of the 326-A Funds accounting for the pre-payment of
    mortgage-backed securities.
    29
    30
    The Types of Securities in which the Government Invested the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3
    Funds
    According to plaintiffs’ expert liability and damages report by Rocky Hill Advisors,
    which relied on the TAD, beginning from August 1992, when the government began to
    invest the 326-A-1 Fund, until March 1993, the government invested the entire 326-A-1
    Fund in jumbo CDs. Around March 1993, the government began to diversify its
    investment of the 326-A-1 Fund by decreasing its investment in jumbo CDs and
    increasing its investment in agency securities. Then, from 1995, when the 326-A-3 Fund
    was deposited into the United States Treasury, until 2011, the government invested both
    the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds primarily in agency securities with a small portion of the
    funds invested in overnight securities and Treasury securities. From 2012 until September
    2013, the government invested the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds in a mix of agency
    securities, mortgage-backed securities, and overnight securities.
    The Distribution of the 326-K, 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds
    In 1973, even before the ICC entered its judgment in Docket 326-K, the BIA was
    aware that the distribution of any potential judgment award to the plaintiffs would require
    advance planning. According to a February 15, 1973 internal memorandum, the BIA
    stated that:
    [A]lthough the Western Shoshone case as of October 11, 1972 has only
    reached the interlocutory stage, it is mandatory that planning begin now in
    terms of the identification of beneficiaries, the disposition of the funds and
    the dissemination of useful information to interested groups and individuals.
    We are aware that the award of $26,154,600, subject to allowable offsets,
    may be appealed by either or both parties, but we are in full agreement with
    the Agency and the Western Shoshone Claims Committee that early
    attention to this case is necessary if we hope to avoid the confusion and the
    very time consuming problems encountered with the rather similar Northern
    Paiute judgment.
    Mr. Nunes, plaintiffs’ liability expert, testified at the liability trial that the distribution of the
    Northern Paiute judgment, which was referenced by the BIA in its February 15, 1973
    internal memorandum, had taken approximately sixteen years to execute.
    Shortly following the deposit of the 326-K Fund into the United States Treasury,
    the BIA put together a research memorandum about the Western Shoshone. According
    to the research memorandum, dated March 11, 1980, there was a significant element of
    the Western Shoshone who, “[f]or many years,” opposed any monetary award in the
    Western Shoshone Identifiable Group’s case on Docket No. 326-K, which was litigated
    before the ICC regarding the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group’s claim for title to
    aboriginal lands. This faction of Western Shoshone believed that their ancestral lands in
    Nevada never were ceded over to the government or taken by the government. They,
    therefore, believed that granting of the 326-K award “would deprive all Western Shoshone
    31
    of the land itself or at least jeopardize their claim to such land.” The March 11, 1980
    research memorandum also recognized that “[t]he Western Shoshone entities were and
    are extremely scattered,” and that “[i]t is not possible to describe the Western Shoshone
    in terms of forming a tribe or group of organized tribes.” Nonetheless, the March 11, 1980
    memorandum identified the following entities as the Western Shoshone beneficiaries of
    the 326-K Fund located in Nevada:
    1. Temoak Bands of Western Shoshone Indians (Elko, Battle Mountain,
    South Fork and. Wells)
    2. Shoshone-Paiute Tribes of the Duck Valley Reservation
    3. Duckwater Shoshone Tribe of the Duckwater Reservation
    4. Yomba Shoshone Tribe of the Yomba Reservation
    5. Ely Indian Colony
    6. Reno-Sparks Indian Colony
    7. Paiute-Shoshone Tribe of the Fallen Reservation and Colony
    8. Fort McDermitt Pauite and Shoshone Tribes of the Fort McDermitt Indian
    Reservation
    9. Walker River Pauite Tribe of the Walker River Reservation
    10. Lovelock Paiute Tribe of the Lovelock Indian Colony
    The March 11, 1980 memorandum also identified the following entities as the Western
    Shoshone beneficiaries of the 326-K Fund located in California:
    1. Owens Valley Paiute-Shoshone Band of Indians (Bishop, Big Pine, Fort
    Independence and Lone Pine Reservations),
    2. Death Valley Timbi-Sha Shoshone Band.
    Despite the divisions of interests and different positions on their claims among the
    Western Shoshone, the BIA attempted to work with the Western Shoshone to submit a
    distribution plan to Congress for approval within the 180-day statutory timeline, as
    required under the Use and Distribution Act of 1973. For example, on February 23, 1980,
    representatives from the BIA and Western Shoshone individuals met in Elko, Nevada. At
    the meeting, the “Western Shoshone Planning Committee” was officially formed to elicit
    distribution proposals from the various tribal groups of the Western Shoshone. This
    committee consisted of “about 10 [individuals]” from various tribal groups with the
    possibility of an additional three individuals, two of whom would be from Californian
    Shoshone tribal groups.
    The BIA’s willingness to move forward with a distribution plan, however, was
    temporarily slowed down by the August 25, 1980 Order granting an injunction in United
    States v. Dann, Civil No. R-74-60, Order (D. Nev. Aug. 25, 1980) before the United States
    District Court for the District of Nevada. In United States v. Dann, the United States had
    sued Mary Dann and Carrie Dann, two sisters, who were members of an autonomous
    band of the Western Shoshone, for trespass, alleging that the sisters, in grazing livestock
    without a permit from the United States, were acting in violation of regulations issued by
    the Secretary of the Interior. The sisters denied that they were trespassing, affirmatively
    32
    asserted their beneficial ownership of the land, and argued that their aboriginal title to the
    land precluded the United States from requiring grazing permits. In United States v. Dann,
    Judge Thompson found that the December 6, 1979 judgment in the ICC Docket 326-K
    was the date that Western Shoshone’s title to the Nevada land was extinguished, as
    opposed to July 1, 1872, the date to which both the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group
    and the government had stipulated was the takings date of the Western Shoshone
    Identifiable Group’s land before the ICC in Docket 326-K. Judge Thompson also enjoined
    the Dann sisters from using the lands located in Nevada, which the sisters had alleged
    belonged to them, as a basis to allow their livestock to graze upon, without first complying
    with the requirements of the Taylor Grazing Act of 1934, Pub. L. 73-482. Steve Feraca, a
    Tribal Services Specialist for the BIA, wrote in a memorandum to the Chief of the Division
    of Tribal Government Services for the BIA, dated May 6, 1980:
    In view of the [April 1980 district court] Thompson decision which cites a
    new taking date, December 6, 1979, I said that I could not recommend that
    a proposal for the funds be prepared until legal advice was forthcoming from
    the Solicitor [of the Department of the Interior] and the Department of
    Justice.
    On May 23, 1980, BIA reviewed the April 25, 1980 Order issued in Dann and
    decided to try to move forward with preparing a distribution plan. The BIA concluded that
    the April 25, 1980 Dann Order “in no way affects the mandate of the 1973 Indian
    Judgment Funds Act,” and that “[w]e appreciate that it is possible to meet the statutory
    deadlines,” for submitting a distribution plan.
    On June 20, 1980, the then Department of the Interior, Acting Deputy Assistant
    Secretary for Indian Affairs, Ralph Reeser, made a formal request to the United States
    Senate Select Committee on Indian Affairs for a 90-day extension of the 180-day period
    to submit a distribution plan to Congress. According to Mr. Reeser’s letter, “the 180-day
    period for the submittal of a Secretarial plan ended on June 16, 1980.”
    On July 26, 1980, the BIA held a public hearing for Western Shoshone members
    to discuss a potential distribution plan for the 326-K Fund. According to an August 1, 1980
    article published in the Native Nevadan, 85 individuals testified or submitted written
    statements at the July 26, 1980 public hearing regarding the distribution plan for the 326-
    K Fund. According to the article, the majority of the individuals who testified were opposed
    to immediate distribution of the funds. The article stated:
    In Summary, the majority of people who testified wanted the award money
    to be placed in an interest-bearing account until such times as the title issue
    is legally resolved. Those who testified in favor of an immediate distribution
    favored a 100 percent per capita distribution, with the 1/4 degree eligibility
    requirement.
    William Robert McConkie, the BIA official leading the July 26, 1980 public hearing
    wrote a memorandum for his files, dated August 3, 1980, regarding his experience at the
    33
    public hearing. According to Mr. McConkie, there appeared to be disagreement among
    those that testified regarding the distribution plan, but such disagreement was allegedly
    staged by three lawyers representing certain Western Shoshone groups. Mr. McConkie
    wrote:
    Eighty persons testified. The hearing was adjourned at 5:30 p.m. The three
    lawyers were quite disruptive during the proceedings. They each
    represented essentially the same group. The Planning Committee had no
    lawyer. It was the apparent purpose of the lawyers opposed to the
    distribution to prevent the hearing, or secondarily to control the hearing and
    have their people discuss the various Federal District Court suits which
    dealt with obtaining the land rather than the judgment from the Court of
    Claims. Mrs. Carrie Dan [sic] was escorted from the hall after about 6 or 7
    minutes testimony by herself. She refused to limit her remarks and I directed
    a tribal policeman to escort her into the lobby.
    On August 4, 1980, Congress denied BIA’s requested 90-day extension to submit
    a distribution proposal for the 326-K Fund. Senator John Melcher, Chairman of the Select
    Committee on Indian Affairs, wrote to Ralph Reeser, Department of the Interior, Acting
    Deputy Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs, on August 4, 1980, noting that “[a]s a
    general rule, such extensions are routinely granted upon Departmental request. However,
    there are several factors which weigh against granting the extension in this case,”
    including that “a significant number of Western Shoshone people oppose acceptance of
    the award at this time,” and that,
    [t]here is pending litigation in the case of U.S. v. Dann in the U.S. District
    Court for the district of Nevada in which title to certain land and the date of
    compensable taking are still in issue. The outcome of that case could clearly
    have a strong bearing on the course of action the Congress, the Department
    and the Western Shoshone people might wish to pursue.
    (underline in original). Mr. Melcher concluded by noting that “I trust the Department will
    submit appropriate legislation early in the 97th Congress.”
    Following Congress’s denial of the BIA’s request for a 90-day extension on August
    4, 1980, the BIA worked with the Western Shoshone to get a draft distribution plan ready
    to submit to Congress. Although the BIA continued to work with the Western Shoshone,
    the BIA was aware that actually submitting a plan to distribute the 326-K Fund to
    Congress would likely have to await the outcome of the Dann sisters’ appeal of the August
    25, 1980 District Court Order in United States v. Dann, in which Judge Thompson
    established a takings date of the Western Shoshone’s Nevada land as December 7, 1979.
    See United States v. Dann, Civil No. R-74-60, Order.
    On December 30, 1980, Jay Suager, the Acting Director of the Office of Indian
    Services at the BIA wrote to Senator Alan Cranston of California, stating:
    34
    [A] significant faction among the Western Shoshone people rejects the
    award and is seeking title to the land. In particular, this faction is supporting
    the continuance of litigation in United States v. Dann which pertains to
    Western Shoshone land title issues. Probably, all interested parties will
    have to await the outcome of the appeal in the Dann litigation.
    The Secretary of the Interior, pursuant to direction of the Act of October 19,
    1973, 
    87 Stat. 466
    , undertook, through the Commissioner of Indian Affairs,
    to prepare a plan for the distribution of the judgment funds within 180 days
    of the appropriation of those funds. Such plan was not completed. A request
    for a 90-day extension . . . was denied by the Senate Select Committee on
    Indian Affairs. Accordingly, under the 1973 Act authorizing legislation will
    be necessary before there may be any distribution of the judgment funds.
    That should present sufficient opportunity to address questions which may
    be raised by United States v. Dann.
    As of August 20, 1981, approximately one year after Congress denied the BIA’s
    90-day extension, an internal government memorandum sent from Kenneth Payton, the
    BIA Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs, to the BIA Phoenix Area Director,
    stated:
    Primarily due to the status of the Dann litigation, in which some Western
    Shoshone people assert title to a vast portion of Nevada, the Senate Select
    Committee on Indian Affairs denied an extension of the date for the
    submittal of a Secretarial plan. The case is on appeal. If the plaintiffs’
    assertions are denied, we will then propose legislation. The existence of the
    Dann litigation, however, does not inhibit further discussion with the eligible
    Western Shoshone entities on the programing potential of these funds. On
    the contrary, such possibilities can be thoroughly examined and proposals
    developed during this time. This subject was considered at previous general
    Western Shoshone meetings and with the individual tribes prior to the
    Hearing of Record of July 26, 1980.
    On January 22, 1982, in an internal BIA memorandum sent from the BIA Deputy
    Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs to the BIA Phoenix Area Director, the BIA Deputy
    Assistant Secretary stated that, “we should now begin working with the beneficiaries on
    the development of the legislation which will be required in this instance.” The BIA Deputy
    Assistant Secretary also stated in the January 22, 1982 memorandum:
    To be kept in mind during this process is the fact that the actual introduction
    of legislation may not be possible until the Dann litigation is completed.
    However, this should not preclude beginning the process of working with
    the tribes to clarify their desires with respect to programming and to initiate
    appropriate planning with them providing such technical assistance as
    requested and as resources permit.
    35
    The January 22, 1982 memorandum also amended the results of the BIA’s
    research report, dated March 11, 1980, which had originally listed twelve beneficiary
    groups for the 326-K Fund, reducing the number of beneficiaries of 326-K Fund to the
    following four groups:
    1. Te-Moak Bands of Western Shoshone Indians (which includes the Elko,
    Battle Mountain, South Fork and Wells bands),
    2. Duckwater Shoshone Tribe of the Duckwater Reservation,
    3. Yomba Shoshone Tribe of the Yomba Reservation,
    4. Ely Indian Colony.
    The January 22, 1982 memorandum also stated that the “remaining beneficiaries consist
    of all other persons of Western Shoshone ancestry, in their individual capacity, who
    otherwise meet the criteria detailed in the March 11, 1980, Results of Research Report.”
    On May 11, 1982, the BIA Phoenix Area Director held a meeting with leaders of
    the Te-Moak Bands, Duckwater, Yomba, and Ely Indian Colony, the four identified
    beneficiary groups of the 326-K Fund. Following the May 11, 1982 meeting, Thomas
    Luebben, an attorney representing the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group, wrote to
    the BIA Phoenix Area Office on May 25, 1982 “to confirm the understandings” reached
    between the Phoenix Area Office and the Western Shoshone Tribal leaders, which
    included, in relevant part, the leaders’ request for “[a] commitment from the BIA to not
    begin compiling a descendancy roll in anticipation of distribution of the Western Shoshone
    judgment.” Mr. Luebben’s May 25, 1982 letter also requested from the BIA:
    A commitment from the BIA that the Interior Department will not attempt to
    draft legislation to distribute the Western Shoshone judgment prior to an
    actual written agreement between representatives of the United States and
    a Western Shoshone negotiating team (including primarily representatives
    of Western Shoshone tribal governments) on an appropriate draft of
    proposed legislation to achieve an overall settlement of Western Shoshone
    land claims and provide for distribution of the judgment funds.
    On June 8, 1982, the BIA Phoenix Area Director responded to Mr. Luebben’s May
    25, 1982 letter in writing, stating that with regard to the descendancy roll request, “[s]ince
    we cannot develop any kind of roll for distribution purposes without an approved plan, we
    have no problem agreeing to this.” With regard to the draft legislation request, the BIA
    Phoenix Area Director responded:
    As far as draft legislation for the distribution of the Western Shoshone
    judgment, we can decide our course of action within the Area, however, we
    cannot make a commitment for the Central Office or the Department. We
    expect any legislation developed would have the direct input of the affected
    Tribes and individuals that have an interest in the award.
    36
    On May 19, 1983, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed
    the August 25, 1980 District Court Order in United States v. Dann and remanded the case
    back to the District Court for further proceedings regarding “factual issues of whether
    aboriginal title had been preserved to the date of trial and whether the Danns are entitled
    to share in it.” United States v. Dann, 
    706 F.2d 919
    , 923 (9th Cir. 1983) (“We reverse the
    judgment granting the injunction and remand for further proceedings.”), rev’d, 
    470 U.S. 39
     (1985).
    According to a July 28, 1983 internal BIA memorandum, “[s]ince the recent Federal
    court decision regarding the Dann case is now widely known, the various entities that
    have an interest in the Western Shoshone Land Claim have been actively pursuing their
    individual interests.” The memorandum further stated:
    The entities we [the BIA] are aware of are: 1. Te-moak Tribe of Western
    Shoshone Indians. This groups appears to have a split as to what they want.
    . . . 2. Western Shoshone Sacred Lands Association. . . . Their main
    contention is that by the Treaty of Ruby Valley, [17] they never lost land title
    to their aboriginal lands. The Dann decision [by the Ninth Circuit] appears
    to support that premise. . . . 3. Tribal Chairmen Association. . . . I believe
    they support land plus money concept. 4. Great Basin Western Shoshone
    Descendants. . . . Their main interest is a per capita distribution and have
    not really been supportive of the additional land issue. . . . 5. Western
    Shoshone Land Federation. This is the newest entity to come upon the
    scene, and purportedly represent all of the above entities as a unified
    Shoshone group. Since I am not totally aware of what has been negotiated
    out among themselves with all of the already described interests, I am
    surmising that this group supports the per capita distribution, land return
    and tribal program concepts. It is my understanding that it will be through
    this group that negotiations with Federal officials to develop a
    comprehensive legislative package relative to the Western Shoshone Land
    Claim will be conducted.
    17 On October 1, 1863, the United States entered into the Ruby Valley Treaty with the
    “Western Bands of the Shoshone Nation of Indians,” which, according to the treaty, was
    a “Treaty of Peace and Friendship” between the United States and the western bands of
    Shoshone Indians. The Ruby Valley Treaty authorized non-Indians to cross the Shoshone
    land located in Nevada on several already established traveled routes, such as train, mail,
    and telegraph lines, without “molestation or injury” from the western bands of Shoshone
    Indians. It also granted the United States the right to establish military posts in Shoshone
    lands, and that such lands “may be explored and prospected for gold and silver, or other
    minerals.” In exchange for the western bands of Shoshone Indians’ “inconvenience”
    resulting from the use of the travel routes in their land by “white men,” the United States
    agreed to compensate the western bands of the Shoshone Indians $5,000.00 per year
    for twenty years, a total of $100,000.00.
    37
    Additionally, following the Ninth Circuit’s 1983 decision in United States v. Dann,
    the BIA notified Congress that it could not submit proposed legislation at that time. The
    Director of the Office of Indian Services at the BIA wrote to Congresswoman Barbara
    Vucanovich, who was one of Nevada’s Congressional representatives at the time, noting:
    For some time we and the Congress have been awaiting a Court of Appeals
    decision in the Dann case, Carrie and Mary Dann having contended that
    the Western Shoshone still retain aboriginal title to the Nevada portion of
    the lands claimed. On May 19, 1983, the Court ruled that no evidence had
    been presented by the Government establishing that aboriginal title had
    been lost. We do not know whether this decision will be appealed to the
    Supreme Court.[18] Meanwhile, the Western Shoshone people are
    scheduling a series of general meetings in an effort to develop a proposal
    that would incorporate the distribution of the funds and the utilization of the
    subject lands. The situation has become, as a result of the decision,
    extremely confused and under the circumstances we are most reluctant to
    submit proposed legislation for only the monetary award.
    18 The Dann case was appealed to the United States Supreme Court in 1985, which found
    that the Western Shoshone peoples’ tribal title to their aboriginal land passed to the
    government when the 326-K Fund was awarded to the Western Shoshones in the ICC
    case, Docket No. 326-K, and placed into the United States Treasury in December 1979.
    See United States v. Dann, 
    470 U.S. 39
    , 49-50 (1985). The Dann case returned to lower
    courts for further proceedings regarding whether the Dann sisters had individual
    aboriginal rights, as opposed to tribal rights, in the Nevada lands at issue. See 
    id. at 50
    .
    The Dann case was appealed once more to the United States Court of Appeals for the
    Ninth Circuit in 1989, which ruled that the Dann sisters had limited individual title rights,
    “restricted” to the land that they or their lineal ancestors actually occupied prior to
    November 26, 1934, the date that the federal government withdrew the Nevada lands in
    question from entry and settlement by the public. See United States v. Dann, 
    873 F.2d 1189
    , 1199, 1200-01 (9th Cir. 1989). Following the 1989 Ninth Circuit appeal, the Dann
    sisters pursued their land claim in the late 1990s before the Organization of American
    States’ Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, an international tribunal, which
    found, on December 27, 2002, in favor of the Dann sisters’ claim for title to their Nevada
    lands, and made the “RECOMMENDATION[]” that the sisters be “[p]rovide[d]” with “an
    effective remedy, which includes adopting the legislative or other measures necessary to
    ensure respect for the Danns’ right to property.” See Mary Dann and Carrie Dann v.
    United States, Case 11.140, Inter-Am. Comm’n H.R., Report No. 75/02, 47 (2002)
    (capitalization in original). The United States government, however, did not adopt the
    Inter-American Commission on Human Right’s December 27, 2002 recommendation. On
    July 7, 2004, Congress passed the Claims Distribution Act of 2004, which provided for a
    monetary per-capita distribution of the 326-K Fund to qualifying Western Shoshone
    members, but did not provide the Dann sisters or any other Western Shoshone members
    with title to their ancestral lands.
    38
    Undoubtedly, considerable time will have elapsed before the Western
    Shoshone people, the Secretary of the Interior and the Congress are able
    to reach agreement in this complex matter.
    Also, on December 15, 1983, the Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs at the BIA wrote
    Senator Mark Andrews, the Chairman of the United States Senate Select Committee on
    Indian Affairs, noting that it was “premature and not in the best interest of either the tribes
    or the government” to introduce proposed legislation. The Assistant Secretary for Indian
    Affairs at the Department of the Interior also noted:
    Presently, groups of Western Shoshone have been discussing proposed
    legislation to secure both the monetary settlement and a portion of the lands
    in Nevada. A particularly difficult problem exists with respect to any land
    restoration approach due to the virtual absence of a successor tribe or tribes
    representative of all the recommended beneficiaries. Consequently,
    meaningful planning has not yet occurred.
    In November of 1984, the BIA began negotiations with the “Western Shoshone
    National Council,” regarding potential distribution legislation for the 326-K Fund. The
    Western Shoshone National Council was comprised of various Western Shoshone tribal
    governments and political organizations and was designated by the Western Shoshone
    as the entity to represent the Western Shoshone in negotiations with the United States.
    On May 20, 1985, the BIA received the Western Shoshone National Council’s
    “PROPOSAL TO COMPLETE DATA GATHERING,” (Proposal) in which the Western
    Shoshone National Council stated that they would need the next three years to prepare
    for their negotiations with the BIA. (capitalization in original). The Proposal detailed the
    various steps the Western Shoshone National Council would have to complete before
    entering into negotiations. The steps included:
    [E]stablish a data base for their land and land use; organize for negotiations,
    determine general land control assignments, and determine general policy
    for joint areas; develop preliminary policy for land use and preliminary land
    development plans; and, enter into and complete negotiations with the
    Federal government and define terms that can be incorporated into a
    legislated agreement.
    According to the “Work Schedule” included in the Proposal, the Western Shoshone
    National Council stated that certain “Work Products,” such as “Historical Analysis,”
    “Demographic Description of Population,” “Resources Inventory,” and “Land Interests,”
    would be completed between one to three years, and that these work products would be
    “needed for negotiations and development of agreement terms.” (capitalization in
    original).
    According to the BIA, by mid-1986, whatever negotiations had taken place
    between the government and the Western Shoshone National Council came to a virtual
    39
    standstill. On June 30, 1986, the BIA sent the Western Shoshone National Council a
    letter, stating that, “[a]fter over two years of negotiations, I am truly sorry that our
    respective positions remain so far apart. . . . [T]he Department does not recognize any
    valid legal claim to Western Shoshone tribal ancestral lands,” and “the Department
    believes further negotiations at this time would be futile.” As of July 27, 1986, as
    evidenced by a memorandum from the Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs to the
    Phoenix Area Office, negotiations between the government and the Western Shoshone
    National Council were “not proceeding,” and the government “consider[ed] the
    negotiations to have been suspended indefinitely.”
    In light of the standstill in negotiations, on October 28, 1986, Senator Paul Laxalt,
    Senator Chic Hecht, Congresswoman Vucanovich, and then Congressman Harry Reid,
    of the Nevada Congressional delegation, wrote to the Secretary of Interior and noted that,
    “[i]f the Shoshones do have a viable claim to private lands (approximately two million
    acres), the Nevada Congressional delegation is concerned that the Shoshone land rights
    question be resolved as quickly as possible without disruption of private titles.” The
    Nevada Congressional delegation recognized that organizing a distribution for the 326-K
    Fund had been complicated, stating that,
    [t]he extent of continuing Western Shoshone land rights has been a
    frustrating problem for the Western Shoshone Indians, private parties, and
    governmental agencies for many years now. Although four negotiating
    sessions between Western Shoshone National Council delegates and the
    Department of the Interior have taken place over the last year, little progress
    has been made toward a comprehensive solution.
    The Nevada Congressional delegation’s October 28, 1986 communication also noted
    that,
    the United States Claims Court and the Senate Select Committee on Indian
    Affairs agree that a comprehensive legislative solution will be necessary.
    The present situation only promises to get worse. Once again, we urge the
    Department to meet with the Western Shoshone National Council to find a
    common basis for moving forward. While we realize that financial demands
    upon the Department are heavy, we urge you to consider resolution of the
    Shoshone controversy a priority, and to assist the Shoshones with
    necessary funding.
    As of mid-1987, Congress did not believe a final resolution to the Western
    Shoshone judgment claim was “immediate.” According to a May 29, 1987 letter from
    Senator Daniel Inouye, Chairman of the United States Senate Select Committee on
    Indian Affairs to Senator Hecht and Senator Reid, it appears that the Western Shoshone
    National Council requested a Congressional hearing to discuss the Western Shoshone
    judgment claims. Senator Inouye stated in his letter that “I do not believe that a hearing
    will lead to any immediate solution to this problem,” but, that such a hearing could at least
    establish “a basis for a fair resolution of this matter.”
    40
    There also was disagreement within the government as to how to proceed with
    negotiations with the Western Shoshone National Council. The Chairman and Vice-
    Chairman of the United States Senate Select Indian Committee on Indian Affairs believed
    that future negotiations were dependent on the Western Shoshone National Council
    receiving sufficient funding for their requested “study to develop an inventory of the
    aboriginal lands and other natural resources which were the subject of the 1863 Treaty
    of Ruby Valley and the judgment of the Indian Claims Commission in Docket No. 326-K.”
    According to a July 28, 1987 letter from the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the United
    States Senate Select Indian Committee on Indian Affairs to the Assistant Secretary of
    Indian Affairs with the Bureau of Indian Affairs at the Department of the Interior, “[t]he
    project that the Western Shoshone National Council now proposes would appear to be
    essential in order to establish a frame-work for future negotiations,” and “we strongly urge
    that the Bureau of Indian Affairs join with ANA [Administration for Native Americans] to
    assure sufficient funds are made available to complete this project in a timely fashion.”
    The Assistant Secretary of Indian Affairs with the Bureau of Indian Affairs, however,
    disagreed with the Chairman and Vice-Chairman, and responded to the letter on August
    12, 1987, stating:
    [T]he Western Shoshone have been compensated in the ‘usual practice’ for
    the loss of their aboriginal title and there is no further legal claim against the
    United States. Consequently, we do not perceive a need to survey their
    entire historical use area as that matter was addressed at length in the
    [Indian Claims] Commission and Court of Claims proceedings.
    (brackets added).
    As of August 1988, negotiations with the Western Shoshone National Council were
    still suspended, with no known date for re-opening negotiations. According to an August
    3, 1988 BIA Phoenix Area briefing paper prepared for the Secretary of Interior,
    “negotiations have been suspended indefinitely” and “subsequent communication had not
    changed the situation.”
    Despite the lack of negotiations between the government and the Western
    Shoshone National Council, on September 28, 1989, Congresswoman Vucanovich
    proposed H.R. 3384, a distribution plan of the 326-K Fund. The Western Shoshone tribal
    governments strongly objected to the introduction of the bill. The Te-Moak Tribe of
    Western Shoshone Indians were “extremely angry” that H.R. 3384 was introduced without
    “consultation with the Western Shoshone National Council and without the approval of
    any of the nine Western Shoshone tribal governments.” H.R. 3384 also was opposed by
    the staff at the Department of the Interior. According to an October 13, 1989 document
    from the BIA Acting Phoenix Area Director to the Assistant Secretary of the Interior
    commenting on H.R. 3384, “we [Phoenix Area Office] strongly recommend the proposal
    be opposed by the Department.” According to the April 26, 1990 statement of Walter R.
    Mills, Deputy to the Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs with the Bureau of Indian Affairs
    at the Department of the Interior, before the United States House of Representatives’
    41
    Congressional Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs, Mr. Mills indicated, on behalf of
    the Department of the Interior, “[w]e strongly oppose enactment of H.R. 3384” for several
    reasons. For example, according to Mr. Mills, “[t]he timeframes cited in the bill for
    publication of regulations, the time allotted for applications to enroll, and the time cited for
    the preparation of the Final Judgment Roll, are unrealistically short.” According to H.R.
    3384, as introduced, the Secretary of Interior had one hundred and twenty days from the
    enactment of the Act to complete a proposed judgment roll, sixty days from the disposition
    of appeals from individuals denied inclusion on the judgment roll to publish the final
    judgment roll, and sixty days from publication of the final roll to distribute the 326-K Fund
    on a per capita basis. The bill was not passed.
    Thereafter, the Department of the Interior sent a letter, dated November 14, 1990,
    to the Western Shoshone National Council, stating:
    Our understanding is that the Nevada Congressional delegation and the
    Senate Select Committee are willing to act on the distribution of the funds
    in Docket 326-K and develop a settlement of outstanding land issues as
    they relate to Western Shoshone lands. Neither the Department of the
    Interior nor the Bureau of Indian Affairs have any immediate solutions to
    these exceedingly complex issues. However, when a new Congress
    convenes in January we certainly will be available to work with the Congress
    in developing a resolution of these issues.
    (capitalization in original).
    On November 22, 1991, Congresswoman Vucanovich introduced a second bill,
    H.R. 3897, to distribute the 326-K Fund. Denis Homer, the acting BIA director of Tribal
    Services testified before Congress on behalf of the Department of the Interior, and stated
    that the Department had concerns about the “tight timeframes specified in the legislation
    [H.R. 3897] in which the Secretary is to fulfill certain administrative responsibilities,”
    similar to the concerns the Department of the Interior had with H.R. 3384. Mr. Homer
    stated that “[s]ome of these timeframes would be impossible to meet.” Mr. Homer
    explained:
    While the process of updating the tribal rolls may be completed in a
    relatively short period of time, the overall technical process of bringing the
    supplemental rolls into final form could take far longer than the timeframes
    allotted in the bill. lf the supplemental roll is considered a lineal descendancy
    roll, regulations necessary for its implementation will require considerable
    time to formulate, approve, and publish. The 90-day timeframe in section 5
    to develop regulations to implement the provisions of the legislation and the
    11-month period to publish the final judgment roll provided in section 2(c)
    do not provide adequate time to prepare a lineal descendancy roll in light of
    Administrative Procedures Act requirements.
    42
    In 1992, H.R. 3897 was not voted out of committee. According to a June 19, 1992
    letter from Congressman George Miller, Chairman of the United States House of
    Representatives Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs, to Congresswoman
    Vucanovich regarding H.R. 3897,
    [i]n reviewing the record, there still appears to be a wide diversity of opinions
    and suggested approaches regarding the distribution of the Docket
    Funds[19] and resolution of other issues.
    While I believe we are closer to a resolution of this issue than we were in
    the 101st Congress, the Committee will not consider the measure until there
    is more of a consensus among the tribal governments.
    (capitalization in original).
    By mid-1992, the government was attempting to re-open negotiations with the
    Western Shoshone. According to a July 27, 1992 letter from the Department of the Interior
    to the Chairman of the United States Senate Select Committee on Indian Affairs, the
    Department of the Interior was contacting individuals to participate in an interagency
    negotiating team to assist the Chairman “in the development of a legislative solution to
    the claims of the Western Shoshone tribal governments against the United States.”
    According to a June 22, 1992 letter from the Chairman of the United States Senate Select
    Committee on Indian Affairs to the Department of the Interior, “[i]t appears that there is a
    consensus growing among leaders of Shoshone tribal governments and other interested
    parties toward a comprehensive solution to the Western Shoshone claims.” By June of
    1993, the government was still working towards opening negotiations with the Western
    Shoshone. According to a June 6, 1993 letter from Secretary of the Interior, Bill Babbitt,
    to Senator Inouye, “we will be contacting representatives of the Western Shoshone Bands
    for preliminary discussions in the near future.”
    Also, during this time, certain governmental actors were not in favor of a 100% per
    capita distribution of the funds, as was proposed in prior bills which had not been passed
    by Congress. According to a January 7, 1994 letter from Congressman William
    Richardson, Chairman of the United States House of Representatives Subcommittee of
    Native American Affairs, which was part of the United States House of Representatives
    Committee on Natural Resources, to Secretary of the Interior Babbitt, “[t]he
    Subcommittee on Native American Affairs generally would frown on any plan that does
    not include provisions for tribal economic development and long range economic
    planning.” Further, Congressman Richardson stated that, “I feel it is of paramount
    19The 326-A-1 Fund were deposited into the United States Treasury for investment by
    the government on March 25, 1992. At the time that Congressman Miller wrote the June
    19, 1992 letter, the Department of Interior was holding in trust the 326-K Fund and the
    326-A-1 Fund. The 326-A-3 Fund, the third and last of the tribal trust funds at issue in this
    case, was not deposited into the United States Treasury to be held in trust by the
    Department of Interior until September 15, 1995.
    43
    importance that the docket funds of the Western Shoshone should not merely be divided
    up on a per capita basis and distributed.” He also stated that “[i]n hearings before this
    Committee, Members have commented that the Western Shoshone should be provided
    with some land base.” (capitalization in original). On September 15, 1995, the 326-A-3
    Funds, the last of plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds, were deposited into the United States
    Treasury for investment by the government.
    In early 1997, consensus among the Te-Moak Bands of Western Shoshone
    Indians, one of the four Western Shoshone tribes recognized by the BIA as a beneficiary
    of the 326-K Fund in the BIA’s January 22, 1982 amended research report, began to
    emerge. The Te-Moak Bands of Western Shoshone Indians was comprised of the Elko,
    Battle Mountain, South Fork, and Wells bands. The other three Western Shoshone tribes
    recognized by the BIA as beneficiaries of the 326-K Fund in the January 22, 1982
    amended research report were the Duckwater Shoshone Tribe, the Yomba Shoshone
    Tribe, and the Ely Indian Colony. According to a March 3, 1997 internal BIA
    memorandum, the Te-Moak Tribal Council, the governing group for the Te-Moak Bands
    of Western Shoshone Indians, was planning to “pursue 100% distribution to 1/4 degree
    of Docket 326-K.” The March 3, 1997 BIA memorandum also noted that the Te-Moak
    Tribal Council would pursue “a separate or companion proposal to seek restoration of
    land in Western Shoshone country,” and that both proposals, “could run concurrently and
    not necessarily have to be tied together.” The March 3, 1997 BIA memorandum also
    discussed a March 1, 1997 meeting between the BIA and two hundred members of
    Western Shoshone tribes. According to the March 3, 1997 BIA memorandum, after the
    March 1, 1997 meeting was over, “several people came up to tell us [the BIA] that they
    support the proposed Te-Moak plan but did not want to stand up in front of the audience
    and express themselves.”
    Also, according to a March 7, 1997 internal BIA memorandum from the
    Superintendent of the Eastern Nevada Agency to the Phoenix Area Director, other
    Western Shoshone tribes, apart from the Te-Moak Bands of Western Shoshone Indians,
    would potentially be introducing to the BIA their own version of a potential distribution plan
    for the 326-K Fund. According to the March 7, 1997 internal BIA memorandum:
    The Te-Moak Tribe will be sending a copy of their plan to the other three
    tribes named in the results of research. The purpose is to try and get the
    four proposed plans submitted about the same time so resolution could be
    achieved quickly. Duckwater has already presented their plan to the federal
    negotiating team. Ely will be supporting the Te-Moak Plan. We do not know
    what Yomba will do, rumors are they will parallel the Duckwater plan.
    (capitalization in original). Despite the Te-Moak Tribal Council’s emerging consensus in
    favor of a distribution plan for the 326-K Fund, the BIA was not optimistic that distribution
    plan legislation would be passed by Congress for the 326-K Fund in the near-term. On
    May 15, 1998, Donna Peterson, BIA Branch Chief of the Tribal Government Services sent
    a memorandum to the BIA Phoenix Area Director, stating that the BIA did “not anticipate
    a final distribution plan being presented to Congress by the end of this year.” Ms. Peterson
    44
    also noted that, “we do anticipate the development of a payment roll will be a tremendous
    and expensive task once the distribution plan is approved. Both the Eastern and Western
    Nevada Agencies have been very cognizant of this fact and are working along with the
    tribes in maintaining current tribal rolls.” (capitalization in original).
    Beginning in 1998, support from various Western Shoshone tribes in favor of a
    monetary distribution of the 326-K Fund and the setting aside of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-
    3 Funds as educational trust funds began to increase. In 1998, the BIA attended two
    public hearings held by the Western Shoshone Steering Committee, a “group of individual
    Western Shoshones that have organized to try and prepare a distribution plan,” for a vote
    of approval a draft distribution proposal, in which the 326-K Fund would be fully distributed
    on a 100% per capita basis and the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds would be placed into a
    permanent education trust fund. The vote at the two meetings was that 1230 Western
    Shoshones were in favor of the draft proposal, while 53 were against the proposal.
    On December 1, 1998, the BIA Phoenix Area Director wrote to the Deputy
    Commissioner for Indian Affairs at the BIA, noting that “an overwhelming majority of adult
    Western Shoshones favor distribution.” In addition, according to a 1999 letter from Elko
    Band representatives to Bruce Babbitt, the Secretary of Interior at that time, the Elko Band
    representatives, co-chairmen of the Western Shoshone Claims Steering Committee, the
    committee that voted in favor of a distribution plan at two public hearings in 1998, noted
    that “at this point we feel it is both reasonable and prudent to move forward,” and “we
    would be most appreciative of the Department of Interior’s assistance in promoting the
    ‘Western Shoshone Claims Distribution Act’[20] as the ‘Act’ enters and progresses through
    the congressional process.” The Elko Band representatives further stated that they are
    the “largest number (approx. 1500) of Western Shoshone enrollees,” and, therefore,
    wrote to the Secretary “on behalf of the ‘majority’ of Western Shoshone people.”
    (emphasis in original). Also, between February and March of 1999, the Fallon Paiute
    Shoshone Tribe, “the second largest band of Shoshones in the state of Nevada,”
    numbering approximately 601 eligible Western Shoshone beneficiaries of the 326-K
    docket, the Elko Band Council, the “largest Band of Western Shoshone in the State of
    Nevada,” and the Western Shoshone of the Duck Valley Reservation, numbering
    “approximately 400 direct descendants of eligible Western Shoshone who are possible
    beneficiaries of Docket 326-K,” each passed resolutions in favor of Congress passing the
    Western Shoshone Claims Distribution Act.
    By June 7, 1999, the BIA was drafting proposed legislation as requested by various
    groups of Western Shoshone. According to a June 7, 1999 email from Daisy West, a BIA
    Tribal Relations Officer, to Pat Gerard, whose specific employment position is not
    identified in the email, but who appears to be another BIA employee, Ms. West was
    20 The “Western Shoshone Claims Distribution Act,” was the act that the Western
    Shoshones voted in favor of during the two public hearings in 1998 and which proposed
    to distribute the 326-K Fund on a 100% per capita basis to individuals of ¼ Western
    Shoshone blood.
    45
    “working on the draft legislation for the Western Shoshone Judgment Funds” and
    requested from Pat Gerard the “current balances” of plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds.
    During the early 2000s, Senator Reid, Senator John Ensign, and Congressman
    James Gibbons, members of the Nevada Congressional delegation, introduced
    legislation for the distribution of plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds. On May 9, 2000, the
    Assistant Secretary of Indian Affairs with the Bureau of Indian Affairs at the Department
    of the Interior submitted proposed draft legislation to “‘authorize the Use and Distribution
    of the Western Shoshone Judgment Funds in Docket Nos. 326-K, 326-A-1 and 326-A-3’”
    to the Speaker of the House. (capitalization in original). The Assistant Secretary stated in
    the letter to the Speaker of the House:
    Although the governing bodies of three of the four successor tribes, due to
    the dynamics of tribal politics, have changed their position, or been silent
    until recently concerning the legislative proposal for the use of these funds,
    the individual Western Shoshone have been anxious for quite some time to
    have these funds distributed.
    The Assistant Secretary of Indian Affairs with the Bureau of Indian Affairs at the
    Department of the Interior also stated:
    We are confident that the Western Shoshone want these funds distributed
    as quickly as possible. We also believe that the best interests of the
    Western Shoshone will not be served by providing additional time for
    successor tribes to reach a consensus on the division and distribution of the
    land claims funds in Docket 326-K.
    On June 27, 2000, Senator Reid introduced S. 2795, Western Shoshone Claims
    Distribution Act, which, however, did not pass during the 106th Congress. On September
    6, 2001, Congressman Gibbons introduced H.R. 2851, Western Shoshone Claims
    Distribution Act in the United States House of Representatives Committee on Natural
    Resources, which, however, also did not pass. On November 14, 2002, Senator Reid
    tried again and introduced S. 958, Western Shoshone Claims Distribution Act, which was
    passed by the United States Senate, but later died before the United States House of
    Representatives Committee on Natural Resources.
    On April 29, 2003, the BIA Office of Trust Funds Management met to discuss the
    investment performance of plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds at issue in the above-
    captioned case. The meeting was memorialized in a one-page document, dated April 29,
    2003, which stated, in part, “[a]s the securities mature, reinvest the principal and interest
    not to exceed two year [sic]. The tribes at some point in the future may settle and distribute
    the funds.” The above document also stated under the “Comments” section:
    The four successor Western Shoshone Tribes eligible to share in this award
    include Te-Moak, Ely, Duckwater, and Yomba. Also tribes with a significant
    number of tribal members of Western Shoshone descent eligible to share
    46
    in the distribution are Duck Valley, Fallon and Fort McDermitt. The proposed
    use of Docket 326-K is 100% per capita distribution, however, at least one
    of the successor tribes still opposes acceptance of the award for land sale.
    The proposed use of Dockets 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 are principal restriction
    [sic] of the award, with income to be used for educational grants and other
    forms of educational assistance to tribal members and descendants.
    In 2003, Congressman Gibbons of Nevada introduced H.R. 884 in the United
    States House of Representatives. Also, in 2003, Senator Reid and Senator Ensign of
    Nevada introduced S. 618 in the United States Senate. Congress passed both H.R. 884
    and S. 618, which were almost identical bills, were reconciled, and became law on July
    7, 2004, when President George W. Bush signed the Claims Distribution Act of 2004.
    According to the Claims Distribution Act of 2004, the 326-K Fund was to be paid out on a
    100% per capita distribution, whereas the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds were to be used
    as education trust funds, from which individuals selected by the Western Shoshone
    Educational Committee would receive educational grants. The principals of the 326-A-1
    and 326-A-3 Funds were to be held in perpetual trust and the interest of those funds
    would be distributed to selected individuals meeting certain eligibility criteria.
    On May 19, 2005, the BIA published a proposed rule regarding the process for
    individuals to enroll in the judgment roll, as required under the Claims Distribution Act of
    2004. See Preparation of Rolls of Indians, 
    72 Fed. Reg. 9,836
     (Mar. 5, 2007) (to be
    codified at 25 C.F.R. pt. 61). The comment period for the proposed rule was open for 162
    days, from May 19, 2005 to October 28, 2005. 
    Id.
     Copies of the proposed rule were mailed
    to approximately 2,300 individuals and the BIA held two public meetings for the purpose
    of discussing the proposal. 
    Id.
     The first meeting was held on August 20, 2005 in Elko,
    Nevada, which approximately 500 individuals attended. 
    Id.
     The second meeting was held
    one week later, on August 27, 2005, in Reno, Nevada, which approximately 600
    individuals attended. 
    Id.
     The BIA also received written comments from 36 individuals
    regarding the proposed rule. 
    Id.
    On October 25, 2005, the Office of Trust Funds Management at the BIA met again
    to discuss the 326-K, 326-A-1, and 326-A-3 Funds, and documented the meeting, noting,
    “JA.9087.691 Funds [326-A Funds] are invested in short, intermediate and long
    securities. JA.9334.697 Receipt of award: as the securities mature, reinvest the principal
    and interest not to exceed 2008 [i.e., not to exceed a maturity of three years]. Settlement
    of docket 326-K is in the horizon.” (capitalization in original).
    On February 12, 2007, approximately two and a half years after the enactment of
    the Claims Distribution Act of 2004, Daisy West, BIA Chief, Division of Tribal Government
    Services, wrote an email to Robert Craff, BIA Regional Trust Administrator within the
    Western and Navajo Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, and one of
    defendant’s fact witness at trial, stating:
    The final enrollment regulations are with Mike Olsen for his signature. Once
    the regulations are signed they will be published in the Federal Register and
    47
    become effective 30 days after the date of publication. The first distribution
    of funds will be in approximately 2 to 3 years when the application period
    closes. At that time we will make a partial per capita to approximately 2,500
    individuals. . . . The balance of Docket 326-K funds will be distributed in 6
    to 10 years.
    On March 5, 2007, a little less than three years after the Claims Distribution Act of
    2004 was enacted, the BIA published the final rule that established the process for
    enrolling in the judgment roll. The final rule establishing the judgment roll enrollment
    process was codified at 
    25 C.F.R. § 61.4
    (k) (2007). See Preparation of Rolls of Indians,
    
    72 Fed. Reg. 9,836
     (Mar. 5, 2007) (to be codified at 25 C.F.R. pt. 61).
    According to 
    25 C.F.R. § 61.4
    (k),
    (1) Under section 3(b)(1) of the Act of July 7, 2004, Pub. L. 108–270, 
    118 Stat. 805
    , the Secretary will prepare a roll of all individuals who meet the
    eligibility criteria established under the Act and who file timely applications
    prior to a date that will be established by a notice published in the Federal
    Register. The roll will be used as the basis for distributing the judgment
    funds awarded by the Indian Claims Commission to the Western Shoshone
    Identifiable Group of Indians in Docket No. 326–K. To be eligible a person
    must:
    (i) Have at least ¼ degree of Western Shoshone blood;
    (ii) Be living on July 7, 2004;
    (iii) Be a citizen of the United States; and
    (iv) Not be certified by the Secretary to be eligible to receive a per
    capita payment from any other judgment fund based on an aboriginal
    land claim awarded by the Indian Claims Commission, the United
    States Claims Court, or the United States Court of Federal Claims,
    that was appropriated on or before July 7, 2004.
    (2) Indian census rolls prepared by the Agents or Superintendents at
    Carson or Western Shoshone Agencies between the years of 1885 and
    1940, and other documents acceptable to the Secretary will be used in
    establishing proof of eligibility of an individual to:
    (i) Be listed on the judgment roll; and
    (ii) Receive a per capita payment under the Western Shoshone
    Claims Distribution Act.
    (3) Application forms for enrollment must be mailed to Tribal Government
    Services, BIA–Western Shoshone, Post Office Box 3838, Phoenix, Arizona
    85030–3838.
    48
    (4) The application period will remain open until further notice.
    
    25 C.F.R. § 61.4
    (k). An individual who was denied eligibility for enrollment in the judgment
    roll could appeal the decision pursuant to the administrative appeal process set forth in
    
    25 C.F.R. § 62
    . See 
    25 C.F.R. § 62.4
     (2007) (“A person who is the subject of an adverse
    enrollment action may file or have filed on his/her behalf an appeal.”).
    On April 5, 2007, the BIA began to send applications to individuals to enroll in the
    judgment roll. By October 5, 2007, ninety days after the BIA began to send out
    applications, the BIA had received 5,265 applications. Approximately two years later,
    according to the BIA’s September 30, 2009 progress report, BIA had received 2,819 more
    applications, for a total of 8,084 applications received as of September 2009. The
    progress report also stated that as of September 2009, 341 applications were reviewed
    and determined to be ineligible. The BIA also stated in that same update that “[t]he final
    deadline [for receiving applications] will be published in the Federal Register.”
    On October 19, 2009, the BIA was in the process of establishing the Educational
    Committee pursuant to section 4(a) of the Claims Distribution Act of 2004. The
    Educational Committee was the group of Western Shoshone tribal leaders who would
    select the winning individuals of educational grants to be paid from the interest earned on
    the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds. According to the BIA’s October 19, 2009 update, “[f]ive
    of the six groups have identified their representative and are providing the documentation
    to confirm the appointments.” The update also stated that, “[o]nce the Educational
    Committee is established, it will begin to develop the rules and procedures for approval
    by the Secretary.”
    On May 20, 2010, the BIA published the deadline for receiving applications for
    eligibility in the Federal Register. The notice stated that “[a]pplications must be received
    by close of business (5 p.m. Mountain Time) August 2, 2010.” Deadline for Submission
    of Applications To Be Included on the Roll of Western Shoshone Identifiable Group of
    Indians for Judgment Fund Distribution, 
    75 Fed. Reg. 28,280
     (May 20, 2010). The BIA
    also had sent by mail notice to potential applicants of the deadline for receiving
    applications. Some individuals, however, did not receive notice by mail, and, therefore
    the BIA extended the deadline for submitting applications for these individuals to
    December 31, 2010.
    According to a November 30, 2010 BIA progress report, introduced by both parties
    as a joint exhibit at trial in the above-captioned case, the BIA had received 9,108
    applications. Of these applications, 4,023 were determined eligible, 2,201 were
    determined ineligible, and 2,576 were pending review. The BIA also stated that 308
    appeals had been filed and that it had “begun the quality control review process for the
    proposed partial payment targeted for February 2011.” On March 6, 2011, the first partial
    distributions of the 326-K Fund were made to 3,187 individuals. The partial payment to
    each individual was $22,013.00. On September 28, 2012, the BIA completed the final
    judgment roll for the 326-K Fund, which contained a total of 5,415 individuals. Final
    distributions from the 326-K Fund were made to eligible recipients via direct deposit to
    49
    individuals’ bank accounts on September 29, 2012, and via check on October 2, 2012.
    The individuals who received an initial partial payment, received a second payment of
    $13,124.93, for a total of $35,137.93. The individuals who did not receive an initial partial
    payment received a one-time, final payment of $35,137.93.
    History after the Case was filed in the United States Court of Federal Claims
    On December 26, 2006, plaintiff Yomba Shoshone Tribe, one of the Western
    Shoshone tribes recognized by the Department of the Interior as a member of the Western
    Shoshone Identifiable Group, filed a complaint in the United States Court of Federal
    Claims against the United States, resulting in the above-captioned case. The complaint
    alleged that the government’s “mismanagement of Plaintiff’s trust funds and other trust
    assets in Defendants’ custody and control,” caused plaintiff Yomba Shoshone Tribe
    “damages not sounding in tort.” Since the filing of the complaint, more plaintiffs have
    joined the case and plaintiffs have narrowed the time frame at issue in this case, seeking
    damages from December 1979, when the 326-K Fund was deposited into the United
    States Treasury, until September 2013, the last month for which there is available data of
    the government’s investment of the three tribal trust funds at issue. On that same day,
    the case was assigned to Judge Edward Damich. On February 22, 2007, Judge Damich
    ordered a stay of the proceedings in light of ongoing settlement discussions between the
    parties. On March 12, 2008, the complaint was amended adding individual plaintiffs
    Maurice Frank-Churchill, Jerry Millet, and Virginia Sanchez, on behalf of the Western
    Shoshone Identifiable Group.
    On March 28, 2008, defendant filed a motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ amended
    complaint, arguing that plaintiff Yomba Shoshone Tribe cannot state a claim for relief that
    would entitle it to money damages for “inadequate interest earnings to the tribe,” because
    “[t]he Tribe has no right to any part of the distribution or interest that was earned during
    the time the funds reside[d] in Government accounts.” (emphasis in original). Defendant
    argued that according to the Claims Distribution Act of 2004, “Congress expressly
    contemplated and directed that the entire fund [the 326-K Fund] be distributed per capita”
    on an individualized basis and not to any tribe. (emphasis in original). Defendant also
    argued that the Claims Distribution Act of 2004 similarly required that any interest earned
    on the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds be distributed not to any tribe but to “individual
    Shoshone members” for “the specific purpose of education-related assistance.”
    Defendant argued that, in the alternative, all of the other Western Shoshone tribes were
    necessary parties under Rule 19(a) of the Rules for United States Court of Federal Claims
    (RCFC) (2008) and indispensable parties under RCFC 19(b), requiring dismissal,
    pursuant to RCFC 12(b)(7) (2008) and RCFC 19, for failure to join all of the other Western
    Shoshone tribes as necessary parties.
    On June 25, 2008, the complaint was amended for a second time, before Judge
    Damich ruled on defendant’s March 28, 2008 motion to dismiss, adding tribal plaintiffs
    Timbisha Shoshone Tribe and the Duckwater Shoshone Tribe, two additional Western
    Shoshone Tribes recognized by the Department of the Interior as members of the
    Western Shoshone Identifiable Group, bringing the total number of plaintiffs to six. The
    50
    six plaintiffs, according to the June 25, 2008 amended complaint, were (1) tribal plaintiff
    Yomba Shoshone Tribe, (2) tribal plaintiff Timbisha Shoshone Tribe, (3) tribal plaintiff
    Duckwater Shoshone Tribe, (4) individual plaintiff Maurice Frank-Churchill, (5) individual
    plaintiff Jerry Millet, and (6) individual plaintiff Virginia Sanchez, the current six plaintiffs
    at issue in the above-captioned case.
    On October 31, 2008, Judge Damich issued an unpublished Opinion denying
    defendant’s motion to dismiss, the first of two Opinions he issued in this case. Judge
    Damich rejected defendant’s March 28, 2008 argument that tribal plaintiff Yomba
    Shoshone Tribe 21 had no right to the distribution of the three tribal funds at issue because
    the funds were to be distributed on an individualized basis, not a tribal basis. Judge
    Damich found that “all three Tribal Plaintiffs—Yomba, Timbisha, and Duckwater
    (collectively ‘the Tribes’)—are federally-recognized tribes with interests in the tribal trust
    funds of the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group to which the Tribal Plaintiffs belong.”
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. v. United States, 
    2008 WL 9697144
    , at *1. Judge Damich
    explained that:
    As owners of tribal trust funds, the Tribes have the right to pursue their
    breach of trust claims against the Government for mismanagement of the
    tribal trust funds. The pro rata distribution mechanism in the Distribution Act
    is irrelevant because the Distribution Act does not divest the Tribes of any
    ownership interest in the trust funds and because the Tribes are not, in this
    case, challenging the distribution mechanism set forth in the Distribution
    Act.
    
    Id.
     Judge Damich then stated that defendant “failed to show that the other Western
    Shoshone tribes are necessary parties, because, under 
    28 U.S.C. § 1505
     (2006), any
    tribe may represent the Western Shoshone without joinder,” and that defendant
    failed to show that either complete relief could not be granted to the Western
    Shoshone in the absence of all the Western Shoshone tribes or that any of
    the parties to the litigation are subject to a substantial risk of incurring
    double, multiple, or otherwise inconsistent obligations by reason of the
    Tribes’ interest.
    
    Id.
    On August 7, 2009, defendant filed its motion for reconsideration of Judge
    Damich’s Opinion denying its motion to dismiss. Defendant repeated its allegation that
    21 At the time that defendant filed its motion to dismiss, tribal plaintiff Yomba Shoshone
    Tribe was the only tribal plaintiff involved in this case. As previously discussed, following
    the filing of defendant’s motion to dismiss and before Judge Damich issued his Opinion
    on defendant’s motion to dismiss, the plaintiffs amended their complaint for a second
    time, adding two additional tribal plaintiffs, the Timbisha Shoshone Tribe and the
    Duckwater Shoshone Tribe.
    51
    the tribal plaintiffs were not the beneficial owners of the 326-K, 326-A-1 and 326-A-3
    Funds and that the beneficial owners were “individuals” who qualified to receive a pro-
    rata share of the 326-K Fund and an educational grant of the 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds
    under the Claims Distribution Act of 2004. Defendant also argued that the tribal plaintiffs
    failed to establish the requisite money-mandating duty owed to them in order to sustain
    their breach of trust claims.
    On November 24, 2009, Judge Damich denied defendant’s motion for
    reconsideration in an unpublished Opinion. See W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. v. United
    States, 
    2009 WL 9389765
    , at *11. The court stated once again that the tribal plaintiffs are
    the beneficial owners of the 326-K, 326-A-1 and 326-A-3 Funds. See id. at *6. The court
    also explained that “insofar as the Tribal Plaintiffs are members of, and assert that they
    are representatives of, the Western Shoshone Identifiable Group and are advancing its
    claims under the Indian Tucker Act,” there was “no basis” for “Defendant’s argument that
    the Tribal Plaintiffs do not have a money-mandating basis for jurisdiction in this Court or
    otherwise lack standing to bring this action on behalf of the Western Shoshone Identifiable
    Group.” Id. at *10.
    Judge Damich extended discovery in the case until May 11, 2012. Then, on June
    7, 2012, the case was stayed, including expert discovery, pending the parties’ then
    current settlement negotiations. Judge Damich subsequently lifted the stay on April 21,
    2014, and the parties continued with expert discovery. On August 26, 2015, this case was
    re-assigned to the undersigned, who set the case on a course to trial.
    For the liability trial, the parties submitted several pre-trial filings, including a joint
    exhibit list of 433 joint exhibits, and various demonstrative exhibits. The court held a five-
    day trial in Washington, D.C. Plaintiffs did not offer any fact witnesses at trial, but offered
    two experts: Mr. Kevin Nunes, of Rocky Hill Advisors, as an expert on liability and
    damages, and, Dr. Michael Goldstein, as a rebuttal expert to defendant’s liability expert
    and defendant’s damages expert. For the liability trial plaintiffs also submitted as joint
    exhibits an expert report addressing both liability and damages, co-authored by Mr.
    Nunes and Peter Ferriero of Rocky Hill Advisors, and a rebuttal expert report, also co-
    authored by Mr. Nunes and Mr. Ferriero. Plaintiffs’ expert report stated that the
    “government breached its duty to invest prudently to maximize return” on the 326-K and
    326-A Funds “through its failure to properly align the maturity capacity of WSIG’s
    [Western Shoshone Identifiable Group’s] funds with the maturity structures of WSIG’s
    investment portfolios.”
    According to the damages portion of plaintiffs’ expert report by Rocky Hill Advisors,
    plaintiffs suffered $216,386,589.83 in damages due to the government’s mismanagement
    of the 326-K Fund and $1,592,822.43 in damages due to the government’s
    mismanagement of the 326-A Funds. The damages portion of plaintiffs’ expert report
    stated that it employed the Barclays United States Treasury Index, a “passive benchmark”
    index, “to compute the returns that reasonably should have been obtained through
    prudent investment of WSIG’s trust funds.” The damages portion of plaintiffs’ expert report
    based its damages model on its opinion that the 326-K Fund had an investment horizon
    52
    of about fifteen years from 1980 to 2004, that it shortened to about seven and a half years
    after the passage of Claims Distribution Act of 2004, and that it became very short-term
    at the start of 2011, once the enrollment process for the judgment award was nearly
    complete.
    For the liability trial, plaintiffs also submitted the rebuttal expert report of Dr.
    Goldstein, which responded to the expert reports of the government’s liability expert, Dr.
    Starks, and the government’s damages report, prepared by defendant’s expert, Dr.
    Gordon J. Alexander. Dr. Goldstein’s report disagreed with defendant’s liability expert
    report by Dr. Starks, which concluded that the government did not breach a fiduciary duty.
    According to Dr. Goldstein’s report, the BIA “knew” that distribution process for plaintiffs’
    three tribal trust funds at issue “would take a long time,” and, thus, a “prudent portfolio”
    for plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds “would have held more long-term investments.” Dr.
    Goldstein’s report also disagreed with the government’s damages expert report submitted
    by Dr. Alexander, which argued that plaintiffs’ damages request is “driven by
    unprecedented and unexpected drops in interest rates,” and is “flawed and misleading”
    because plaintiffs’ damages included the unexpected “capital gains,” the gains earned on
    a bond from the unexpected decrease in interest rates. According to Dr. Goldstein, the
    decrease in interest rates during the investment period at issue in the above-captioned
    case, 1979-2013, “were not unexpected in the early 1980s,” based on “yield curve data”
    and “contemporaneous discussions by the Federal Reserve.” In addition, Dr. Goldstein
    argued that “it is important to recognize that there is no economic principle that asserts
    one must strip out the impact of unexpected interest rate movements when calculating
    damages.”
    At the liability trial, defendant offered two fact witnesses: Mr. Robert Winter, the
    then-current Director of Trust Operations within the Office of Special Trustee for American
    Indians, Department of the Interior, and Mr. Robert Craff, the Regional Fiduciary Trust
    Administrator for the Eastern Oklahoma and Southern Plains Region at the Department
    of the Interior, Office of the Special Trustee. Defendant also offered two experts at the
    liability trial: Dr. Starks, as an expert on liability, and Mr. Justin Mclean,22 as an expert on
    damages.
    Defendant submitted as two separate exhibits at the liability trial the expert report
    and a supplemental expert report prepared by Dr. Starks regarding the government’s
    alleged liability, but only in regard to the 326-K Fund. Dr. Starks’ expert report argued that
    the “government acted prudently” when it invested the 326-K Fund during the entire
    investment period at issue. Dr. Starks stated in her liability expert report:
    22  At the liability trial, Dr. Alexander was originally scheduled to testify regarding the
    government’s alleged damages. He was the author of the government’s expert reports
    regarding damages. Dr. Alexander, however, became unavailable to testify at the liability
    trial due to illness and, thus, Mr. Mclean became a substitute testifying expert. Mr. Mclean
    had assisted Dr. Alexander in preparing the expert and supplemental reports, and as
    stated at the liability trial, Mr. Mclean fully endorsed the opinions expressed in Dr.
    Alexander’s expert and supplemental reports.
    53
    While it is my opinion that the Government would not have acted
    imprudently had it maintained the WSIG funds in shorter-term investments
    (due to the continued uncertainty, and unclear timeline of eventual
    disbursements), I also believe that moving the funds into securities with a
    somewhat longer WADTM [weighted average days to maturity] at this stage
    of the period [beginning around 1993] was within the range of prudence.
    Indeed, such a move could be seen as more desirable at this time (i.e.,
    relative to the beginning of the period) – both from an information
    perspective and also based on the available investment.
    (emphasis in original). For the “balance of the period at issue,” i.e., mid 1990s to 2013,
    Dr. Starks stated in her liability expert report:
    [I]t may have been optimal for the Government to target a slightly longer
    WADTM if it had reason to believe that a significant portion of the
    distributions would not be occurring at the front end of the anticipated
    distribution window. I have not seen evidence indicating that the
    Government had this understanding or the ability to forecast it based on the
    information at hand.
    (emphasis in original) (footnote omitted). Dr. Starks concluded that “the investments
    made by the Government for the WSIG portfolio were prudent given the totality of
    information available to the Government a priori, and that the Government fulfilled its
    fiduciary duty by making independent investment decisions to maximize return given
    prudent investments.” (emphasis in original). Dr. Starks also indicated in her report that
    “only hindsight suggests a portion of the WSIG’s trust funds could have safely been
    invested longer-term.”
    Defendant also submitted as two separate joint exhibits at the liability trial the
    expert report and supplemental expert report by Dr. Alexander, regarding the
    government’s alleged damages in the above-captioned case. Dr. Alexander’s report
    stated that the plaintiffs’ damages calculations for the 326-K Fund of approximately $216
    million “is due to historical circumstances present during the damages period that were,
    in part, unique and unknowable ex ante.” (emphasis in original). According to Dr.
    Alexander’s expert report:
    [T]he major driver of the damages [in the damages portion of plaintiffs’
    expert report by Rocky Hill Advisors] is the unprecedented decline in
    interest rates over a period of three decades. That decline caused longer-
    term bonds to increase in value and earn returns in excess of their yields.
    Rocky Hill’s Investment Model [created by Mr. Nunes and Mr. Ferriero]
    would not necessarily have produced better earnings if interest rates had
    moved differently or circumstances had differed for the WSJF.
    54
    Dr. Alexander also proposed twelve alternative damages models that are “based on the
    assumption that the BIA should have used a ‘but-for’ portfolio different from what it
    actually chose, but more reasonable than that suggested by RHA [Rocky Hill Advisors].”
    The highest amount of damages proposed by Dr. Alexander’s alternative models was
    $34,589,957.00. The lowest amount was zero dollars.
    At the liability trial, the parties’ liability experts each presented their analyses of the
    investment horizon for the 326-K Fund during the thirty-three-year period at issue.
    Plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, presented an analysis of the investment horizon for
    the 326-K Fund divided into roughly ten-year increments, and during direct-examination,
    Mr. Nunes first discussed the evidence regarding the government’s investment of the 326-
    K Fund from “‘79, when the funds were awarded,” and “all through this time period,”
    referring to the 1980s. Mr. Nunes then discussed the government’s investment of the 326-
    K Fund during the “1990s.” Mr. Nunes then testified about the “2000s” up until distribution
    legislation was passed in July 2004. Following the enactment of distribution legislation in
    July 2004, Mr. Nunes discussed the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund from
    mid-2004 “up until 2011,” when the first distribution of the 326-K Fund occurred. Mr.
    Nunes then discussed the final years of the thirty-three-year period at issue, which,
    according to Mr. Nunes, began in 2011, with the first partial distribution made to qualifying
    Western Shoshone members, and ended in September 2013.
    Similar to Mr. Nunes, at the liability trial, Dr. Starks, defendant’s liability expert,
    presented an analysis of the investment horizon for the 326-K Fund by dividing the thirty-
    three-year period into sub-periods which did not specifically identify a start or end date.
    Dr. Starks first discussed the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund during the
    “1980s,” and up through “1991,” when Congresswoman Vucanovich attempted for the
    second time to pass distribution legislation for the 326-K Fund. Dr. Starks then discussed
    the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund during the “mid-1990s,” which
    defendant’s counsel tried to clarify during Dr. Starks’ direct examination as “about ’92 and
    on for the next few years.” Dr. Starks then discussed the government’s investment of the
    326-K Fund between 2000 and 2004. The next time period discussed by Dr. Starks at
    trial was between 2004 and a “point in 2010,” although the exact date was not identified,
    when the government, according to Dr. Starks, began to shorten the 326-K Fund for
    distribution. The final time period discussed by Dr. Starks at trial was from “2011,” when
    the distribution of the 326-K Fund began, until September 2013, the end of the investment
    period at issue.
    The Court’s June 13, 2019 Liability Opinion
    Regarding the liability Opinion issued by the court, the following statement was
    included:
    The issue in the above-captioned case is whether the government prudently
    invested plaintiffs’ three tribal trust funds. Neither the statute, the applicable
    regulations, nor the Department of the Interior’s policies introduced at trial,
    however, attempt to offer a definition or examples of a “prudent” investment,
    55
    recognizing, of course, that the particular factual circumstances and market
    conditions at the time of the investment decision change what can be
    considered a prudent investment at any given time. For example, 
    25 C.F.R. § 115.809
    , promulgated in 2001 following the creation of the Office of the
    Special Trustee, the office within the Department of the Interior which took
    over the responsibility of investing tribal trust funds from the BIA in 1996,
    consistent with the statute, states that the government must prudently invest
    tribal trust funds, but does not give further guidance. See 
    25 C.F.R. § 115.809
     (“Tribes may recommend certain investments to OTFM, but the
    recommendations must be in accordance with the statutory requirements
    set forth in 25 U.S.C. §§ 161a and 162a. The OTFM will make the final
    investment decision based on prudent investment practices.”).
    In addition, as the trial record indicates, the Department of the Interior
    issued various policies regarding the investment of tribal trust funds over
    the investment period in question, but the policies did not give much
    direction on which investment practices and investments might be
    considered prudent or imprudent. Beginning with the first investment policy
    issued by the BIA in 1966, the BIA noted that “[e]ach Area Office is
    requested to review the amount of tribal trust funds each tribe in the
    respective Areas has on deposit in the Treasury,” and that “[w]herever it
    appears that the amount is in excess of foreseeable cash needs of the tribe,
    discussions should be held with the tribal council and its wishes regarding
    investment of the funds ascertained.” The 1966 policy statement also noted
    that “[g]overnment-backed securities, while basically safe, can result in
    losses unless held to maturity.” The 1966 policy, however, did not discuss
    which types of investments were considered prudent for tribal trust funds.
    The next policy issued by the BIA was in a 1974 internal BIA
    memorandum, which indicated that the BIA should “maximize returns on all
    tribal, as well as individual, trust funds.” The 1974 policy memorandum also
    noted that “[e]ach Area Director has the responsibility for determining if
    surplus funds are available for investment purposes and notifying the
    Branch of Investments, Albuquerque, to take the necessary action to invest
    the funds.” The 1974 policy memorandum, however, did not explain under
    what circumstances the government’s investment of a tribal trust fund might
    satisfy the government’s goal to maximize returns or what constituted
    prudent investment of tribal trust funds.
    The government also issued a further policy statement within its
    report of its investments for tribal trust funds for fiscal years 1986 and 1987.
    The report recognized that the government has the authority to invest tribal
    trust funds pursuant to 25 U.S.C. § 162a and that the BIA should, “through
    knowing the amounts required and when disbursements are necessary,”
    “plan the timing of investment maturities to maximize interest rates and
    earnings and also have the funds available when needed.” The report for
    56
    1986 and 1987, however, like past BIA investment policies, did not provide
    more specific guidance as to when the government’s investment of tribal
    trust funds might satisfy the duty of prudence.
    Next, the trial record includes a 1997 internal policy memorandum released
    by the Office of the Special Trustee, the office which took over the BIA’s
    investment of tribal trust funds in the 1996. The 1997 policy was updated
    with policy amendments by the Office of the Special Trustee in 1999, 2000,
    and 2005, and took its final form for the purposes of this case in 2005. The
    2005 policy was the policy in place up through the disbursement of the tribal
    trust funds at issue. According to the 2005 policy, an acceptable investment
    practice was to “purchase securities with the intent to hold each security
    until maturity,” i.e., a buy and hold strategy, as opposed to frequent trading
    of securities. The 2005 policy also indicated that unacceptable portfolio
    investments and practices included investing in any “corporate stock,” the
    purchase of “commercial mutual funds,” and “overtrading, adjusted trades
    or bond swapping.” In sum, the Department of the Interior’s investment
    policies issued throughout the years acknowledged the Department’s role
    as the trustee and investor of tribal trust funds and attempted to provide
    broad guidance to government officials as to what investment practices
    were prohibited by agency policy, what investment practices were
    encouraged, and offered general investment goals, including to maximize
    investment returns. Given the fluctuating market conditions and changing
    events regarding the timing of distribution for plaintiffs’ tribal trust funds,
    including the required actions the BIA would need to take in order pay-out
    the 326-K Fund, however, specific, formulaic guidance as to what practices
    constituted a “prudent” investment practice would have been very difficult
    to establish by the Department of the Interior or any other governmental
    body.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 622-23.
    Following the liability trial in the above captioned case and after a careful review
    of the record, including the testimony, expert reports, and exhibits before the court, the
    court divided its analysis of whether the government breached its fiduciary duty for the
    326-K Fund over the approximately thirty-three-year investment period at issue into three
    major sub-periods, December 1979 to November 1992, December 1992 to June 2004,
    and July 2004 to September 2013. At times, the court further divided the three periods
    into even smaller sub-periods in order to account for identifiable shifts in the government’s
    investment approach for the 326-K Fund.23
    23As explained in the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion: “Daily, weekly, monthly, or even
    yearly analysis of the investment horizon for government’s investment of the 326-K Fund
    was not undertaken by any of the experts and would have proven an expensive and
    57
    Initially, the court determined after the liability trial that the evidence before the
    court indicates that defendant could have, and should have, become aware that the 326-
    K Fund had a longer-term investment horizon between August 4, 1980 and November
    1992, and, thus, should have at least partially invested the 326-K Fund in longer-term
    securities. Defendant, however, consistently invested the 326-K Fund in short-term
    securities between August 4, 1980 and November 1992, which prevented the fund from
    obtaining higher returns and, therefore, breached the agency’s fiduciary duty to prudently
    invest the 326-K Fund during that time.
    The court explained:
    Beginning in December 1992, the government significantly increased the
    average weighted maturity years to call of the 326-K Fund, reaching a peak
    of a little less than ten years by September 1993. Following the September
    1993 peak, the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund steadily declined to
    about an average weighted maturity years to call of a little less than five
    years by March 1997. Also, by March 1997, the 326-K Fund was no longer
    invested in any CDs, and instead invested in a mixture of agency, Treasury,
    and mortgage-backed securities. At trial, plaintiffs acknowledged that the
    government invested the 326-K Fund in longer-term securities between
    December 1992 and March 1997 than it had previously done during the
    1980s and early 1990s. Plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, however,
    testified at trial that government should have invested the 326-K Fund in
    even longer-term investments than those selected by the government, with
    an average weighted maturity of approximately fifteen years, due to the
    uncertainty surrounding when distribution plan legislation would be enacted
    by Congress and the time intensive process of compiling descendancy rolls
    and distributing the monies to qualifying Western Shoshone members.
    Defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, however, testified at trial that the
    government’s investment of the 326-K Fund during this time, the “mid-
    1990s,” was within a range of prudence.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 639. Additionally, the court determined:
    Although the government could have possibly invested the 326-K Fund in
    more longer-term securities following the approximate ten-year peak of the
    average weighted maturity years to call in September 1993, the
    government’s decision to decrease the 326-K Fund to an approximate
    average weighted maturity years to call of a little less than five years by
    March 1997, is arguably within the range of prudence. As discussed above,
    both parties’ experts agreed that there is a range of investments that an
    unwieldly task due to the lengthy investment period at issue in this case.” W. Shoshone
    Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl. at 628.
    58
    investor may select and still maintain a prudent portfolio. The record does
    not indicate that getting distribution legislation for the 326-K Fund passed
    through Congress or that getting the money distributed to plaintiffs would
    necessarily take longer than five to ten years, despite plaintiffs’ argument to
    the contrary. In addition, the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund
    between December 1992 and March 1997 stands in stark contrast to the
    government’s far less prudent investment of the 326-K Fund during the
    1980s and early 1990s. As previously discussed, during the 1980s and early
    1990s, the government employed a stagnant investment approach of
    investing the 326-K Fund in ultra-short-term CDs with an average weighted
    maturity years to call of approximately two years or less. Between
    December 1992 and March 1997, however, the government diversified the
    types of securities in which the 326-K Fund was invested, and also invested
    the fund in significantly longer-term securities, with an average weighted
    maturity years to call ranging from approximately five to ten years. As
    previously noted, “reasonably sound diversification” of a portfolio is part of
    a trustee’s duty to prudently invest. See Restatement (Third) of Trusts § 90
    cmt. e(1).
    Also, the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund between December
    1992 and March 1997 was in line with Mr. Kellerup’s[24] October 1992
    guidance provided in the Office of Trust Funds Management quarterly
    journal “TRUST,” which announced to the public that the government should
    invest tribal trust funds in government bonds ranging from three to seven
    years. (capitalization in original). Furthermore, when pushed at trial on
    cross-examination, plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, conceded that the
    government’s lengthening of the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund in late
    1992 and early 1993 was “reasonable.” When specifically asked whether
    the “portfolio they [defendant] had built at this period in time was a
    reasonable portfolio,” Mr. Nunes testified at trial that “‘reasonable’ is
    accurate.” Thus, the government’s decision to maintain the 326-K Fund in
    an intermediate-term portfolio between December 1992 and March 1997,
    with an average weighted maturity years to call ranging between
    approximately five to ten years does not appear to violate the range of
    prudence so as to be too short-term.
    As stated previously, the court recognizes that there is no scientific or
    formulaic way to decide a correct range of prudence. The record before the
    court, with its many gaps, and the expert reports and testimony of the
    experts in roughly ten-year blocks, as well as the trial testimony of
    defendant’s fact witnesses, leaves many unanswered questions. The
    burden of proof, however, rests on plaintiffs to prove their claim that
    defendant imprudently invested the 326-K Fund between December 1992
    24As indicated above, Fred Kellerup was the Branch of Investments Chief at the
    Department of the Interior.
    59
    and March 1997 in too short-term securities, which the plaintiffs have not
    done for this time period, and, in fact, plaintiff’s liability expert, Mr. Nunes,
    conceded at trial that the government’s investment of the 326-K Fund during
    part of this time period was “reasonable.”
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 640-41 (capitalization in original; brackets in original). The court next found the
    government did breach its fiduciary duty to prudently invest the 326-K Fund during the
    next three timeframes the court considered, spanning April 1997 to September 2006. For
    the remaining two timeframes spanning October 2006 to September 2013, the court found
    a breach of the fiduciary duty to prudently invest the 326-K Fund occurred.
    Regarding the 326-A Funds, the court found a breach by the government of the
    fiduciary duty to prudently invest between March 1992 and January 2012, spanning three
    timeframes. The court, however, found the government did not breach its fiduciary duty
    between February 2012 to September 2013.
    Therefore, as noted above, on June 13, 2019, after careful review the lengthy
    record in this case, including the documents and expert reports in evidence, the liability
    trial testimony, and the post-trial filings, the court concluded that there were “various times
    during the investment periods at issue for both the 326-K Fund and for the 326-A Funds
    when the government's investment of all three tribal trust funds fell below the required
    standard of prudence.” W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v.
    United States, 143 Fed. Cl. at 658. To summarize, in the liability Opinion the court found:
    For the 326-K Fund:
    1. Between December 19, 1979 and August 3, 1980, the government did not
    breach its fiduciary duty. During this time, the BIA was actively working
    towards getting a distribution plan passed within the statutory 180-day
    period required under the Use and Distribution Act of 1973, and, therefore,
    reasonably maintained the 326-K Fund in short-term securities in the event
    that a distribution plan could be negotiated with the Western Shoshone
    tribes and timely considered by and accepted by Congress.
    2. Between August 4, 1980 and November 1992, the government breached
    its fiduciary duty when Congress did not act on the BIA’s request for an
    extension to submit a distribution plan for the 326-K Fund and no distribution
    legislation was forthcoming. During this twelve-year period, the government
    invested the 326-K Fund primarily in short-term CDs with an average
    weighted maturity years to call of approximately two years or less, even
    though the government knew or should have known during that time that
    there was a low probability that distribution legislation could be passed in
    the near-term. The short-term nature of the 326-K Fund portfolio, therefore,
    was not prudently aligned with the fund’s longer-term investment horizon.
    60
    3. Between December 1992 and March 1997, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty. During this time, when the enactment of distribution
    legislation for the 326-K Fund still remained unlikely to occur in the near-
    term, the government began to shift the 326-K Fund into different types of
    securities, including agency and Treasury bonds, and to decrease its
    reliance on short-term CDs. The government also lengthened the maturity
    structure of the 326-K Fund into longer-term securities, with an average
    weighted maturity years to call ranging from approximately five to ten years.
    Therefore, the government’s lengthening of the maturity structure of the
    326-K Fund portfolio during this time was within the range of prudence,
    given the longer-term investment horizon of the fund.
    4. Between April 1997 and December 1997, the government, however,
    breached its fiduciary duty when the government shortened the maturity of
    326-K Fund into securities with an average weighted maturity years to call
    ranging from three years to approximately three years and eight months.
    During this time, although there was emerging consensus for a distribution
    plan among the Te-moak Tribal Council, which represented one of the four
    beneficiary tribes of the 326-K Fund, the BIA was awaiting approval of a
    distribution plan from the remaining three Western Shoshone beneficiary
    tribes, and, thus, the enactment of distribution legislation for the 326-K Fund
    likely was not imminent. Further, even with distribution legislation enacted,
    the BIA would still need additional time to organize for and pay-out the 326-
    K Fund to qualifying Western Shoshone members. Therefore, the
    government’s decrease of the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund during
    this time did not prudently corresponded with the investment horizon of the
    326-K Fund, which was not likely to be distributed in the nearer-term.
    5. Between January 1998 and April 2002, the government continued to breach
    its fiduciary duty by placing the 326-K Fund in even shorter-term securities
    with an average weighted maturity years to call ranging from approximately
    one to two and a half years. The government then continued to breach its
    fiduciary duty between May 2002 and June 2004, when the average
    weighted maturity years to call of the 326-K Fund dropped still further to
    approximately ten months or less. Although the likelihood for distribution
    legislation to be passed was increasing during the late-1990s and early
    2000s, even after distribution legislation was enacted, the government
    would still have to distribute the 326-K Fund monies to qualifying Western
    Shoshone members, which probably would not get accomplished within two
    and a half years and was even less likely to be completed within ten months
    or less. Therefore, from January 1998 to June 2004, the government
    imprudently invested the 326-K Fund by continually and steadily decreasing
    the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund, resulting in an ultra-short-term
    portfolio, which did not align with the fund’s investment horizon.
    61
    6. Between July 2004 to September 2006,[25] the government breached its
    fiduciary duty by continuing to maintain the 326-K Fund in short-term
    portfolio with an average weighted maturity years to call ranging from
    approximately six months to one year. Although Congress passed the
    Claims Distribution Act of 2004 on July 7, 2004, the government still had to
    develop its plan to distribute payment of the 326-K Fund to Western
    Shoshone members, which would have likely taken longer than six months
    to one year to accomplish at that time.
    7. Between October 2006 and December 2010, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty. During this time, the average weighted maturity years to
    call of the 326-K Fund ranged from approximately one year and seven
    months to a little less than three years.[26] The record indicates that
    distribution legislation for the 326-K Fund had been enacted in July 2004
    and that government officials reasonably believed that a pay-out of the 326-
    K Fund would occur within a couple of years and invested the 326-K Fund
    in accordance with such information. Therefore, the government’s decision
    to place the 326-K Fund in shorter-term securities during this time prudently
    corresponded with the shortening investment horizon of the fund.
    25   In a footnote, the court noted:
    [T]here was a brief five-month period between January 2005 and May 2005
    that the average weighted maturity years to call hovered around
    approximately one year and eight months before dropping back down to an
    average weighted maturity years to call of approximately one year in June
    2005, where it remained until September 2006, the end of this sub-period.
    This slight increase in the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund between
    January 2005 and May 2005, however, was still too short-term and too
    short-lived to be considered prudent.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 658 n.52.
    26   In a footnote, the court noted:
    [T]he government’s investment of the 326-K Fund in a portfolio with an
    average weighted maturity years to call of approximately one year and
    seven months lasted during a brief two-month period in 2007, which was
    immediately followed by the government’s decision to increase the average
    weighted maturity years to call of the 326-K Fund to two years or more for
    the next, approximately, two and half years.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 658 n.53.
    62
    8. Between January 2011 to September 2013, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty, nor did plaintiffs appear to argue that the government’s
    investment of the 326-K Fund was imprudent. During this time, the
    government began the distribution of the 326-K Fund monies to qualifying
    Western Shoshone members and, therefore, transitioned the entire fund
    into ultra-short-term overnight securities in order to liquidate the fund for
    distribution. Thus, the government’s placement of the 326-K Fund in ultra-
    liquid securities during this time was prudent.
    For the 326-A Funds:
    1. Between March 1992 and August 1995, the government breached its
    fiduciary duty to prudently invest the 326-A-1 Fund, and also between
    September 1995 and November 1998 to prudently invest both the 326-A-1
    and 326-A-3 Funds, by placing both of these funds in short-term securities
    with an average weighted maturity years to call of approximately two years
    or less. During this time, it was unlikely that distribution legislation for the
    326-A Funds was going to pass in the near-term, and, therefore, the
    government knew or should have known that the investment horizon for the
    326-A Funds should have been longer than two years.
    2. Between December 1998 and June 2004, the government also breached
    its fiduciary duty by primarily investing the 326-A Funds in short-term
    securities with an average weighted maturity years to call of approximately
    two years or less.[27] During this time, the government became aware that
    various members of the Western Shoshone tribes were supportive or
    becoming supportive of placing the 326-A Funds into a permanent
    education trust fund, the principal of which was not to be invaded. The
    27   In a footnote, the court explained:
    The government increased the maturity structure of the 326-A Funds for a
    brief period between mid-1999 and mid-2001 to an average weighted
    maturity years to call of approximately five to seven years. This increase,
    however, was still too short-term given the fact that the principal of the A
    Funds were likely not to be invaded, but were to be set-aside as permanent
    education trust funds. Also, this increase in maturity was short-lived. The
    government proceeded to decrease the average weighted maturity years to
    call of the A Funds to approximately eight months by late 2001, and the
    average weighted maturity years to call never exceed three years for the
    next, approximately, eight years.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 658 n.54.
    63
    government even acknowledged in its 2003 internal investment report for
    the 326-A Funds that these funds likely would be set-aside as permanent
    education trust funds. Therefore, the government should have begun to
    transition the 326-A Funds into longer-term securities because the principal
    of the funds was not intended to be distributed.
    3. Between July 2004 and January 2012, the government breached its
    fiduciary duty by maintaining the 326-A Funds in shorter-term securities
    even though the government had certainty that the principal of the 326-A
    Funds was not to be invaded as of July 7, 2004, when distribution legislation
    for the A Funds was passed. Between July 2004 and February 2009, the
    average weighted maturity years to call for the A Funds was approximately
    two and a half years or less. From April 2009 to January 2012,[28] the
    average weighted maturity years to call ranged between approximately five
    years to a little over eight years, which was still too short-term, given the
    fact that the principal of the 326-A Funds was not to be invaded. The
    government, therefore, imprudently maintained the 326-A Funds in too
    short-term securities even though the 326-A Funds had a long-term
    investment horizon between July 2004 and January 2012.
    4. Between February 2012 to September 2013, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty when it lengthened the maturity structure of the 326-A
    Funds into investments with an average weighted maturity years to call of
    eleven to fourteen years. Plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes,
    acknowledged at trial that the government began to finally shift the 326-A
    Funds into longer-term securities during this time and testified that this shift
    was “good news.” Therefore, in light of the fact that the 326-A Funds’
    principal was not to be invaded and was to be perpetually held in trust, the
    government’s decision to lengthen the maturity structure of the 326-A Funds
    during this time was prudent and consistent with the long-term nature of the
    funds.
    28   In a footnote, the court explained:
    In March 2009, the average weighted maturity years to call of the A Funds
    spiked to ten years, but then, without any apparent reason, rapidly
    decreased back down to approximately eight years in April 2009 and
    hovered between eight to five years for the next approximately three years.
    The government’s random and short-lived one-month increase of the
    maturity of the 326-A Funds in March 2009 is not sufficient to make the
    government’s investment of the 326-A Funds between July 2004 and
    January 2012 prudent.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 658 n.55.
    64
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 658 (emphasis and capitalization in original).
    Proceedings after the Liability Opinion was issued
    After the court issued the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, the court held a hearing
    with the parties to discuss how to proceed on the remaining damages issues. At the
    hearing, the court set a schedule for expert discovery and explained that “the parties are
    free to use their existing experts for expert discovery, expert reports and depositions, but
    may use additional experts to help assist the court in reaching a decision on damages.”
    The court continued: “Regardless of the experts selected, the expert reports shall be
    responsive to the decision on liability issued by the court on June 13, 2019.”
    After expert discovery closed, the court set a damages trial schedule. For the
    damages trial, the parties submitted several pre-trial filings, including a joint exhibit list,
    and various demonstrative exhibits. The court held a four-day trial on the sole issue of
    damages. Plaintiffs offered one expert witness, Mr. Kevin Nunes, of Rocky Hill Advisors,
    who had testified at the liability trial. For the damages trial, plaintiffs also submitted as
    joint exhibits an expert report addressing damages, authored by Mr. Nunes of Rocky Hill
    Advisors, and a rebuttal expert report, also authored by Mr. Nunes.
    Defendant offered two expert witnesses at the damages trial, Dr. Laura Starks,
    who had testified at the liability trial, and Dr. Francis Longstaff, a “professor of finance at
    UCLA, Anderson School of Management.” At the damages trial, Dr. Longstaff was
    qualified “as an expert in financial economics, including the subdisciplines of investments
    and risk management.” For the damages trial, defendant also submitted as joint exhibits
    an expert report addressing damages authored by Dr. Starks and an expert report
    addressing damages, authored by Dr. Longstaff. Defendant also submitted rebuttal expert
    reports by both Dr. Starks and Dr. Longstaff, and Dr. Starks filed a surrebuttal declaration.
    Neither party offered any fact witnesses at the damages trial. The expert reports prepared
    for the damages phase of the trial arrived at different calculations of damages than the
    expert reports prepared for in advance of the liability trial, as the experts for both parties
    prepared their damages models consistent with the court’s findings in the June 13, 2019
    liability Opinion.
    Plaintiffs have noted that “[t]here was a potential issue about how to calculate the
    growth of accrued damages during the non-breach periods,” but explained:
    The experts agreed that the growth rate for the non-breach periods should
    be based on the Government’s actual investment performance. Initially,
    they used different methods to measure this growth rate but RHA [Rocky
    Hill Advisors] accepted Dr. Starks’ approach, which simply divides the
    ending balance by the starting balance to calculate the growth rate. Thus,
    all of the damages calculations presented at trial use the same growth rate
    65
    for the non-breach periods. The divergence between the damages figures
    presented by RHA and Dr. Starks are attributable to the different ways in
    which they calculate damages during the breach periods.[29]
    Consistent with Mr. Nunes’ expert report and his testimony at the damages trial, plaintiffs
    argue that “RHA determined the appropriate maturity structure of the 326-K Fund for the
    initial breach period (August 1980 – November 1992) by using the same maturity structure
    that the Court found to be appropriate during the following non-breach period (December
    1992 – March 1997),” and contend that “[b]ased on the Court’s findings, RHA concluded
    that a maturity structure in this 5-10 year ‘range of prudence’ would also have been
    appropriate for the earlier breach period.” Plaintiffs also argue “[f]or the next two breach
    periods, from April 1997 – June 2004, RHA took a similar approach, keyed to the Court’s
    finding that a maturity structure in the range between 5-10 years was prudent during 1992-
    1997. RHA reasoned that this same range remained prudent during the following
    periods.” Plaintiffs also claimed that “[f]or the final breach period, from July 2004 to
    September 2006, a shorter maturity structure was needed because the Distribution Act
    had now been enacted. To establish this new maturity structure, RHA relied on the Court’s
    finding that the Government had invested the 326-K Fund prudently during the following
    period, October 2006 – December 2010, when the average maturity was 2.97 years.”
    Regarding the 326-A Funds, plaintiffs argued
    [t]he first breach period for the 326-A Funds was from March 1992 –
    November 1998. To determine the appropriate maturity structure, RHA
    started from the Court’s finding that the 326-A Funds had the same
    investment horizon as the 326-K Fund during this period. . . in a portfolio
    whose maturity ranged between 5-10 years. Thus, RHA reasoned that a
    maturity structure in that same range would also have been prudent for the
    326-A Funds during this period.
    Plaintiffs indicated that for the second breach period with respect to the 326-A Funds,
    December 1998 to June 2004, “RHA transitioned the 326-A Funds over the first six
    months of 1999 to a long-term portfolio, reflecting the unlimited investment horizon for
    these funds.” Plaintiffs noted that for the final breach period with respect to the 326-A
    Funds, from July 2004 to January 2012, “RHA continued to use the same long-term
    maturity structure for these funds.”
    29   Plaintiffs’ counsel noted at the closing argument:
    And so as we sit here today, the differences between the experts’
    calculations relate solely to how they determined damages during the
    breach periods, how that, being brought forward during the nonbreach
    periods, has some impact, because there was obviously an increase there,
    but the methodology for the nonbreach periods is exactly the same.
    66
    Regarding Mr. Nunes’ methodology, plaintiffs argue “[i]nstead of making a
    subjective decision about exactly how the Docket 326 Funds should have been invested
    by the Government, RHA used benchmarks which reflect the market-average rate of
    return for a diversified portfolio with the appropriate maturity structure. This approach is
    neutral and objective.” (emphasis in original). Plaintiffs noted that “[t]o develop these
    market-average benchmarks, RHA used the Barclays U.S. Treasury indexes,” and “RHA
    used transition periods in its investment model when significant changes were made to
    the maturity structure of the Docket 326 Funds.”
    Plaintiffs were critical of Dr. Starks’ expert report and testimony at the damages
    trial.30   Plaintiffs argue that
    the investment horizons that Dr. Starks uses are inappropriate because they
    are based on her new opinions rather than the Court’s findings and because
    her new opinions lack credibility. Further, her contention that constructing a
    damages model also requires selecting an appropriate investment
    methodology (strategy) is incorrect. And the particular methodology she
    selects is not plausible.
    In sum, plaintiffs stated:
    RHA offered two alternative calculations of damages, depending on
    whether the legal presumption in Confederated Tribes of Warm Springs
    Reservation of Or. v. United States, 
    248 F.3d 1365
    , 1371 (Fed. Cir. 2001)
    (Warm Springs) is applied to select the maturity structure of the “but for”
    damages model. RHA calculated damages of $133,125,302 if the Warm
    Springs presumption is used, and $113,830,811 if it is not used.
    (emphasis in original; footnote omitted).31 As discussed in greater detail below, the United
    States Court of Appeals for Federal Circuit in Confederated Tribes of Warm Springs
    Reservation of Oregon v. United States, 
    248 F.3d 1365
     (Fed. Cir. 2001) (Warm Springs)
    held: “Where several alternative investment strategies would have been equally plausible,
    the court should presume that the funds would have been used in the most profitable of
    these.” Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
    .
    30Regarding Dr. Longstaff, plaintiffs argue that “Dr. Longstaff did not offer an opinion on
    the amount of damages in this case. His role was simply to criticize RHA’s damages
    computations.”
    31 Plaintiffs also indicate that “[t]here is no basis in the evidence for awarding WSIG
    [plaintiffs] less than the amount of damages that Dr. Starks opines is due, or more than
    the amount of damages that RHA opines is due.”
    67
    By contrast, defendant argues:
    In accordance with the Court’s opinion, Dr. Starks selected alternative
    prudent investments that were longer-term in character, and reflect an
    investment time horizon consistent with the investments the Court found
    prudent during the non-breach periods. Dr. Starks also selected a buy-and-
    hold alternative investment strategy consistent with the Interior
    Department’s policies and practices, which require Interior to balance
    investment returns against the risk of capital losses and prohibit frequent
    trading. The portfolio she proposes is based on a buy-and-hold ladder of
    bonds with a broad range of maturities. This approach mitigates interest
    rate risk, while also taking advantage of higher-yielding longer-term bonds.
    Dr. Starks’s model also offers Interior flexibility to adapt its portfolio —
    replacing maturing bonds with longer or shorter-term bonds as the
    circumstances warrant.
    Defendant explains:
    Dr. Starks calculated the additional income that Interior would have earned
    using her proposed alternative investment portfolio for each breach period.
    She then compared the investment income generated during each breach
    period to the actual balance of the Fund at the end of that breach period.
    For non-breach periods, Dr. Starks applied the actual growth rate of the
    Fund during those periods to the but-for portfolio balance resulting from the
    breach periods.
    (emphasis in original). In sum, defendant argues “Dr. Starks’s calculations present a fair
    approximation of damages grounded in a prudent and achievable investment strategy
    that Interior could have executed in the real world, in accordance with its policies and
    practices and in light of contemporaneous facts.”
    Defendant is critical of plaintiffs’ damages model, arguing that “[i]n contrast to Dr.
    Starks’s reasonable and realistic calculation of damages, Plaintiffs have presented the
    Court with a damages estimate that contradicts the Court’s Liability Opinion, ignores
    Interior Department policy, relies upon hindsight, and fails to acknowledge the risks
    inherent in the active trading approach that would have been required to achieve the
    investment gains Plaintiffs seek.” Defendant also argues “Mr. Nunes’ model lacks
    credibility because it was designed to inflate damages.”
    Ultimately, defendant contends that, consistent with the court’s findings during the
    liability phase of trial, “the Court should award damages of no more than $73,816,515 for
    the breaches of trust associated with the Interior Department’s management of the Docket
    326-K Fund, and damages of $987,920 for the breaches of trust associated with the
    Interior Department’s management of the Docket 326-A-1 and Docket 326-A-3 Funds.”
    (emphasis in original).
    68
    DISCUSSION
    As determined in the court’s June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, and as noted above,
    the government breached its fiduciary duty to prudently invest the 326-K Fund for the
    plaintiffs between August 4, 1980 and November 1992, and again between April 1997
    and September 2006. Additionally, the government breached its fiduciary duty to
    prudently invest the 326-A-1 Fund for the plaintiffs between December 1998 and January
    2012. See W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States,
    143 Fed. Cl. at 658-61. Therefore, with breach established, the court must determine the
    proper measure of damages.
    “[O]nce the beneficiary has shown a breach of the trustee’s duty,” the “risk of
    uncertainty as to the amount of the loss” falls on the government. See Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
    ; see also Bear v. United States, 
    147 Fed. Cl. 54
    , 87 (2020). “‘The
    ascertainment of damages is not an exact science,’ the Federal Circuit has warned, and
    ‘where responsibility for damages is clear, it is not essential that the amount thereof be
    ascertainable with absolute exactness or mathematical precision.’” Jicarilla Apache
    Nation v. United States, 
    112 Fed. Cl. 274
    , 304-05 (2013) (Jicarilla III) (quoting Bluebonnet
    Sav. Bank, F.S.B. v. United States, 
    266 F.3d 1348
    , 1355 (Fed. Cir. 2001)).32 As a Judge
    of this court recognized, the Federal Circuit’s decision in Warm Springs, under certain
    circumstances, allows for “inferences” to be “drawn” as to the amount of damages to be
    32As noted in the court’s June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, there are three separate, relevant
    Jicarilla decisions, all stemming from the same Native American breach of trust case
    regarding allegations of mismanagement of tribal trust funds pursuant to 25 U.S.C. §
    162a, the statute at issue in the above-captioned case. In United States v. Jicarilla Apache
    Nation, 
    564 U.S. 162
     (2011) (Jicarilla I), the United States Supreme Court was tasked
    with determining whether the common-law “fiduciary” exception to the attorney-client
    privilege, which prevents a trustee from withholding from trust beneficiaries attorney-client
    communications relating to the administration of the trust, applies to 25 U.S.C. § 162a.
    See Jicarilla I, 
    564 U.S. at 170
    . The Supreme Court held that the common-law fiduciary
    exception to the attorney-client privilege did not apply within the context of 25 U.S.C. §
    162a and reversed and remanded the case back to the United States Court of Federal
    Claims. See Jicarilla I, 
    564 U.S. at 165-66, 186
    . In United States v. Jicarilla Apache
    Nation, 
    100 Fed. Cl. 726
     (2011) (Jicarilla II), following the Supreme Court’s remand in
    Jicarilla I, the Court of Federal Claims held that the court had jurisdiction over the tribe’s
    breach of trust claim pursuant to the Indian Tucker Act, and that the Department of Interior
    had a fiduciary duty to “‘maximize the trust income by prudent investment,’” pursuant to
    25 U.S.C. § 162a. See Jicarilla II, 100 Fed. Cl. at 738-39 (quoting Cheyenne-Arapaho,
    206 Ct. Cl. at 348, 512 F.2d at 1394). In Jicarilla III, cited above, the United States Court
    of Federal Claims found that the government had breached its fiduciary duty to invest the
    plaintiff’s funds due to the “BIA’s heavy reliance on short-term investments” for “nearly
    two decades,” which “reduced the yield on Jicarilla’s portfolios by failing to take
    appropriate advantage of the higher yields on longer-term investments.” Jicarilla III, 112
    Fed. Cl. at 290-92.
    69
    awarded in the beneficiaries’ favor, once liability has been established. Osage Tribe of
    Indians of Okla. v. United States, 
    97 Fed. Cl. 542
    , 544 (2011) (quoting Osage Tribe of
    Indians of Okla. v. United States, 
    93 Fed. Cl. 1
    , 22 (2010) (citing Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
    )).
    Even if a potential inference is appropriate, however, a beneficiary will only be
    “‘entitled to a reasonable estimate of the damages it is due.’” Osage Tribe of Indians of
    Okla. v. United States, 97 Fed. Cl. at 544 (quoting Osage Tribe of Indians of Okla. v.
    United States, 
    96 Fed. Cl. 390
    , 409 (2010)); see also Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 137
    (noting that plaintiffs only are entitled to the amount of damages that would place them
    “in the position in which [they] would have been absent a breach”); Jicarilla III, 112 Fed.
    Cl. at 304 (“Courts determine the amount of damages for such a breach by attempting to
    put the beneficiary in the position in which it would have been absent the breach.”).
    Defendant, as the trustee, always has the opportunity to disprove plaintiffs’ alleged
    damages amount. See Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
     (“The burden of proving that the
    funds would have earned less than the amount is on the fiduciaries found to be in breach
    of their duty.” (quoting Donovan v. Bierwirth, 
    754 F.2d 1049
    , 1056 (2d Cir. 1985)); see
    also Bear v. United States, 147 Fed. Cl. at 87. While “approximations certainly are
    appropriate,” damages “awards may not be speculative.” Jicarilla III, 112 Fed. Cl. at 307
    n.52 (citing Franconia Assocs. v. United States, 
    61 Fed. Cl. 718
    , 746 (2004) (“[C]are must
    be taken lest the calculation of damages become a quixotic quest for delusive precision
    or worse, an insurmountable barrier to any recovery.”)). Furthermore, as indicated by the
    Federal Circuit in Warm Springs, it would be inappropriate to apply an inference when
    “the issue of damages” is based entirely on “unguided speculation.” Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1372
    .
    As in the liability trial, in the damages phase of this case, plaintiffs rely heavily on
    the decision in Jicarilla III. Despite some similarities between Jicarilla III and the facts of
    this case, as this court noted during the liability phase of trial, the specifics presented for
    review in the case currently before the court are different from Jicarilla case, and,
    moreover, Jicarilla III is not binding on this court.33 As discussed in greater detail below,
    the procedural posture and approach the Judge took in Jicarilla III differs from the above
    captioned case. In addition, the model presented by Rocky Hill Advisors to the court in
    Jicarilla III differs from the model assembled by plaintiffs in this case.
    33This court is only bound by precedent from the United States Supreme Court, the United
    States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and its predecessor, the United States
    Court of Claims. See Dellew Corp. v. United States, 
    855 F.3d 1375
    , 1382 (Fed. Cir. 2017)
    (noting that “the Court of Federal Claims must follow relevant decisions of the Supreme
    Court and the Federal Circuit”); see also Coltec Indus., Inc. v. United States, 
    454 F.3d 1340
    , 1353 (Fed. Cir.) (“There can be no question that the Court of Federal Claims is
    required to follow the precedent of the Supreme Court, our court, and our predecessor
    court, the Court of Claims.”), reh’g denied (Fed. Cir. 2006), cert. denied (2007).
    70
    Moreover, the plaintiff in Jicarilla III raised, and prevailed on, claims that are not
    before this court in the above captioned case. In Jicarilla III, the Judge of the United States
    Court of Federal Claims determined that the government was responsible for the
    unauthorized disbursement of the Jicarilla Tribe's trust funds. See Jicarilla III, 112 Fed.
    Cl. at 303. Additionally, the Judge found the government’s failure to timely process
    deposits of oil and gas royalties “amounted to a breach of trust that entitles the Nation to
    damages.” Id. at 304. As evidenced by the lengthy recitation of facts above, neither the
    unauthorized disbursement of the plaintiffs’ trust funds, nor the failure to timely process
    deposits of oil and gas royalties are at issue in the case currently before the court.
    The comments to the Restatement (Third) of Trusts § 100 has indicated
    Determining amount of loss. If a breach of trust causes a loss, including any
    failure to realize income, capital gain, or appreciation that would have
    resulted from proper administration of the trust, the trustee is subject to
    surcharge for the amount necessary to compensate fully for the breach.
    Occasionally a situation arises that offers an essentially objective means of
    ascertaining the loss for which a trustee is liable. . . .
    Illustrative of more difficult “loss” determinations is the determination of the
    recovery from a trustee for imprudent or otherwise improper investments.
    The recovery in such a case ordinarily would be the difference between (1)
    the value of those investments and their income and other product at the
    time of surcharge and (2) the amount of funds expended in making the
    improper investments, increased (or decreased) by a projected amount of
    total return (or negative total return) that would have accrued to the trust
    and its beneficiaries if the funds had been properly invested. (A return
    projection for “properly invested” funds should reflect the standards of
    prudent investment in § 90(a), and should not rely on hindsight (cf. § 77,
    Comment a) in selecting a benchmark (below) for hypothetical
    performance.).
    Restatement (Third) of Trusts § 100 (emphasis in original).
    The court acknowledges that there is no scientific method or modeling that can be
    applied to calculate damages in the current, above captioned case as is reflected in the
    models proposed by both the plaintiffs and the defendant. The parties and their respective
    experts have been tested to reconstruct what the investment strategy of the government
    should have been dating back to the 1970s and continuing until 2013. After the parties’
    reconstruction, which differ greatly between the parties, and is the subject of this court’s
    decision, the parties next applied a calculation of damages based on their models.
    Assumptions and projections are inherent to any model that could have been developed
    in the above captioned case given the limitations on investment by the government during
    the investment period in the above captioned case, as well as the fluctuating interest rates
    and evolving market conditions. Noting the limitations of any model that could have been
    presented to the court in the above captioned case, and based on the information
    71
    provided to the court, the court considers each of the parties’ models prepared for the
    damages trial.
    Plaintiffs’ Damages Model
    As indicated above, plaintiffs did not call any fact witnesses for its case at the
    damages trial, but plaintiffs did call one expert witness, Kevin Nunes of Rocky Hill
    Advisors. Mr. Nunes had prepared expert reports for plaintiffs in advance of both the
    liability trial and damages trial, and testified at both the liability and damages phases of
    trial. In his expert reports for the damages portion of the trial, Mr. Nunes noted that, in
    light of the court’s liability decision he “utilized the returns of the Government’s extant
    investment portfolios for those periods in which the Court found no breach of trust,” and
    additionally, “utilized investment horizons and matured structures consistent with the
    Court's analysis for those periods which the Court didn't find a breach.” At the damages
    trial, Mr. Nunes admitted there was an error in his calculations for his original expert report
    on damages.34 Mr. Nunes had the following exchange on cross-examination with counsel
    for the United States:
    Q. What you had done in your original report was you had inadvertently
    imposed damages for a period in which the Court found the Government
    was not in breach.
    A. By applying the manner in which returns of a portfolio are typically
    calculated in the investment world, yes. That did end up resulting in a larger
    growth rate in the non-breach period than was realized by the Government.
    Q. And the net result of that mistake was to increase your damage
    calculation between 45 and 50 million dollars in both Scenario A and
    Scenario B.
    A. That’s correct, yes, in round numbers.
    In creating his model for the damages trial, plaintiffs’ expert Mr. Nunes explained
    that he had relied on the court’s determination that “the government’s decision to maintain
    the 326-K Fund in an intermediate-term portfolio between December 1992 and March
    1997, with an average weighted maturity years to call ranging between approximately five
    to ten years does not appear to violate the range of prudence so as to be too short-term,”
    see W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed.
    Cl. at 640, and determined “that a maturity structure in this 5-10 year ‘range of prudence’
    would also have been appropriate for the earlier breach period.” Therefore, Mr. Nunes
    concluded in his damages expert report:
    34 As discussed in greater detail below, Dr. Starks first identified the error in Mr. Nunes’
    original expert report.
    72
    The investment horizon of the 326-K Fund during the 12-year period from
    August 5, 1980 through November 1992 was at least as long as the horizon
    during the subsequent 4.3 years. Thus, prudent investment during the
    earlier period required a maturity structure at least as long as during the
    later period, or somewhere in the range between five to ten years.
    At the damages trial, Mr. Nunes testified that
    logic says that if in a subsequent period, the immediate subsequent period,
    the Court had found the Government to be prudent, then the portfolio in the
    period preceding that would have to be -- would be at least as long as the
    period following it. So that’s the lesson of how the later period informed us
    on the period prior to that[.]
    On direct examination, Mr. Nunes responded to the following questions proposed by
    plaintiff’s counsel:
    Q. So with respect to this five- to ten-year range, you testified that you
    looked to see if there was any specific point within that range that was
    consistently used by the Government during this nonbreach period. Is that
    correct?
    A. That's correct.
    Q. And did you see anything in the record that would indicate one specific
    point in that five- to ten-year range was more likely than another specific
    point?
    A. None whatsoever. It was a period where almost overnight -- it certainly
    happened rather quickly -- the Government lengthened the portfolio to about
    11 years, and then it immediately began to shorten somewhat substantially
    through roughly four years of this nonbreach period, shedding about 6 1/2
    or so years of weighted average maturity in a roughly four-year period, as
    well -- so no clear pattern there whatsoever except that the Government
    was reverting back to its old ways. The other thing we looked at was the
    types of -- when we had done our analytics and reported this in our first
    report, we also provided a lot of transactional information so we could look
    at purchases and sales and things like that. So we took a look also at
    purchase activity to see if there was any kind of a pattern there, and it was
    absolutely nothing. It roams all over the map. So clearly, to us, there is no
    consistency, again, in spite of the fact that they had found that this was a
    period where the Government was operating prudently.
    Plaintiffs’ counsel followed up with Mr. Nunes about the five to ten year range and the
    government’s investing strategy, asking
    73
    [Q.] [T]he five- to ten-year maturity structure that Rocky Hill determined was
    applicable during this breach period, how did you decide within that range
    what particular structure within the five- to ten-year range to use?
    A. Again, as I described before, since there was no pattern in the way in
    which the Government was, again, using the baseline, if you will, the first –
    the nonbreach period, there was no consistent pattern in the data that we
    could tease out that would reflect that the Government had any plan
    whatsoever, and so we are then using the five to ten bounds as the range
    of prudence and applying the Warm Springs presumption. We determined
    that for these two periods, as well as how we used it in the first period, that
    the ten-year targeted term structure used in the Warm Springs presumption
    would be prudent. And, of course, then we looked at the actual investment
    of the funds from the first nonbreach period, the 7.86-year maturity or term
    structure, and we used that to inform us for our Alternative B calculations.
    Specifically, regarding the government’s investing strategy for the 325-K Fund, counsel
    for plaintiffs asked Mr. Nunes:
    Q. Did the Government ever use a particular methodology in investing the
    326K funds?
    A. Not that we can discern -- well, let me retract that. Certainly in its very
    infancy, the methodology that the Government employed across 75, 85
    percent of native trust funds was the CD program, and, of course, the 326-
    K was no exception to that, but once that program was wound down and
    sort of conventional investing of the portfolio was happening, we could not
    discern any pattern, any strategy throughout the entire life of these funds.
    At the damages trial, Mr. Nunes discussed his decision to create two different
    damages calculations and the ranges for the two calculations, first with what the parties
    refer to as the Warm Springs presumption:35
    [Q.] on the Warm Springs presumption, what maturity structure within this
    five- to ten-year range did Rocky Hill apply for the ‘80 to ‘92 breach period?
    A. The ten-year.
    Q. And under the Warm Springs presumption, why was ten years the
    maturity structure chosen?
    35As discussed in greater detail below, plaintiffs base the “Warm Springs presumption”
    on the language of the Federal Circuit’s decision in Warm Springs, in which the Federal
    Circuit indicated, “[w]here several alternative investment strategies would have been
    equally plausible, the court should presume that the funds would have been used in the
    most profitable of these.” Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
    .
    74
    A. Again, when -- as we had been advised on Warm Springs, when there
    are several alternative, equally plausible scenarios, the courts have found
    in favor of the Plaintiffs for a profitable, generally speaking -- and this is a
    generalization, I will admit -- but when interest rates are -- irregardless of
    level, but normalized, meaning longer rates are higher than shorter rates,
    more often than not, as long as the maturity picture is in alignment, the
    longer will outperform the shorter. And so in this particular case, the ten-
    year, you know, meets -- sort of matches the Warm Springs presumption as
    we understand it.
    Q. Now, did Rocky Hill also prepare an alternative calculation in the event
    the Court finds the Warm Springs presumption inapplicable?
    A. We did.
    Q. And how did you go about doing that?
    A. Well, again, using the subsequent period to inform us on the period
    where they were not in breach, we looked at simply what was the average
    of the term structure over that roughly four years and three or four months,
    and it turns out that is 7.86 years’ maturity, and so we used that for our
    alternative B calculations.
    Plaintiffs reasoned that “[f]or the next two breach periods, from April 1997 – June
    2004, RHA took a similar approach, keyed to the Court’s finding that a maturity structure
    in the range between 5-10 years was prudent during 1992-1997. RHA reasoned that this
    same range remained prudent during the following periods.” Mr. Nunes expert report
    reflected, therefore, that “there was no development prior to July 2004 that required any
    shortening of the maturity structure of the 326-K portfolio to mitigate the interest rate risk.”
    At the damages trial, Mr. Nunes testified, regarding this time frame:
    There’s several things that are kind of going on here, so I will kind of work
    through our analysis and thought processes as we looked at this. It’s a
    period that ultimately ends with the distribution legislation, but for this length
    of time from ‘97 to ‘04, It’s largely a continuation of all the things that we had
    read and analyzed and explained in our original work that suggested that
    the funds were of a long-term nature. There is still a lack of consensus.
    There is still at least a reckoning of the period or the early parts of the period.
    There is still a faction of Western Shoshone that wanted land back. This
    was a period where, as I recall, at least Senator Reid had presented maybe
    two or three distribution plans to Congress that had been rejected. So,
    although, as the Court points out in its decision, there was a building of a
    consensus, there -- this period of time for us, as we understand it, is really
    a continuation of all of the stuff that had been going on prior to this period.
    So that's kind of part one.
    75
    The second thing that we see -- and it’s also described in the Court’s
    decision -- is that this is an ever-larger pool of funds that has a very sort of
    a complex distribution facing it, a lot of different tribal entities, and that this
    was going to be a very difficult distribution, and folks in the Government
    were also -- understood that the task of developing roles was going to be a
    tremendous one. I think there was one thing I read that they called it
    tremendous and highly expensive, they anticipated. So -- as well -- and this
    I know was discussed at [the liability] trial by Dr. Goldstein. We have
    experience and the Government has significant experience with the length
    of time it takes for distributions that are highly complex and involve a
    significant amount of funds, that they can sometimes take literally decades,
    but in the end what we relied on was the Court’s opinion that references a
    minimum of at least 2 1/2 years. That was a reasonable expectation of how
    long it would take for the development of -- in a “post-distribution plan having
    been accepted” environment, how long it would take, at minimum, to effect
    the distribution of these funds. So we have those two things informing us
    about sort of the conditions on the ground.
    For the final breach period for the 326-K Fund, from July 2004 to September 2006,
    Mr. Nunes determined that
    a shorter maturity structure was needed because the Distribution Act had
    now been enacted. To establish this new maturity structure, RHA relied on
    the Court’s finding that the Government had invested the 326-K Fund
    prudently during the following period, October 2006 – December 2010,
    when the average maturity was 2.97 years. Once again, RHA reasoned that
    the investment horizon of the Fund was at least as long during the earlier
    breach period as during the non-breach period that followed. Therefore, it
    used 2.97 years as the maturity structure for the breach period.
    On direct examination, plaintiffs’ counsel and Mr. Nunes had the following exchange:
    Q. I want to ask you about subperiod 6 in your chart [included below], which
    is July 2004 to September 2006. Now, this is the last breach period for the
    K funds, correct?
    A. That’s correct.
    Q. How did you determine what maturity structure to apply for this breach
    period?
    A. So we now know that the distribution legislation has passed, and, again,
    this is a restructuring moment, and so we recognize, of course, that the
    portfolio needs to be shortened. Similarly to the earlier period, in the next
    adjacent subperiod, the October of ‘06 to December of 2010, the Court had
    76
    found that the Government was not in breach. Now, this is a period that is
    later than the period that we're talking about here. During that period, we
    looked at the actual investment of the funds in that nonbreach period and
    saw that the average term structure was 2.97 years, and so, again, applying
    the same logic for the period -- the logic being the later period had a term
    structure deemed to be prudent of 2.97 years -- then logic indicates and it’s
    reasonable to assume that the period prior to that -- so further back in time
    -- would have a prudent term structure at least as long, and so we went with
    the 2.97 from the next nonbreach period.
    Q. The July 2004 to September 2006 period?
    A. For the July 2004 to September 2006, using the term structure of the
    October ‘06 to December 2010.
    Plaintiffs provided, on a cumulative, period-by-period basis, two damages calculations for
    the 325-K Fund, one if the Warm Springs presumption is applied, and another one if the
    Warm Springs presumption is not applied, which was referenced in plaintiffs’ counsel’s
    questions of Mr. Nunes. First, Mr. Nunes’ cumulative damages calculations with the Warm
    326-K Alternative A
    Model Calculated                               Difference
    Gov't in                                                                                                                                                                  Balance per
    Period                          Sub-Period                               Citation to RHA Model Calculated               Balance - Period End                           (Cumulative
    Breach?                                                                                                                                                                   Statement
    Amount[36]                                Date                                     Damages)
    No                                    Sub-period 1: 12/1979 to 8/4/1980                                      N/A                                     N/A                   N/A                   N/A
    Period 1: December 1979 to
    Yes      November 1992                Sub-period 2: 8/5/1980 to 11/1992       JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-    $ 111,846,793.00        $ 79,012,301.00      $ 32,834,492.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    No                                    Sub-period 3: 12/1992 to 03/1997                                                                        $ 138,690,023.00        $ 99,701,405.00      $ 38,988,618.00
    Period 2: December 1992 to                                           Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    June 2004
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    Yes                                   Sub-period 4: 04/1997 to 12/1997                                                                        $ 154,675,356.00       $ 104,314,686.00      $ 50,360,670.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    Yes                                   Sub-period 5: 01/1998 to 06/2004        JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-    $ 230,305,882.00       $ 145,440,296.00      $ 84,865,586.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    Yes                                   Sub-period 6: 07/2004 to 09/2006                                                                        $ 247,682,272.00       $ 155,739,419.00      $ 91,942,853.00
    Period 3: July 2004 to                                               Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    September 2013
    No                                    Sub-periods 7 & 8: 10/2006 to 09/2013   JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-    $ 113,847,294.00          $ 36,707.00       $ 113,810,587.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    Balance at 6/30/2020                                                                          $ 130,588,757.00              N/A            $ 130,588,757.00
    Springs presumption, is depicted below:
    36   The court removed from the chart the references to other spreadsheets.
    77
    326-K Alternative B
    Model Calculated                               Difference
    Gov't in                                                                                                                                                                  Balance per
    Period                            Sub-                                Citation to RHA Model Calculated                 Balance - Period End                           (Cumulative
    Breach?                                                                                                                                                                   Statement
    Period                                            Amount                                     Date                                     Damages)
    No                                    Sub-period 1: 12/1979 to 8/4/1980                                    N                                        N/A                     N/A                  N/A
    Period 1: December 1979 to                                                                        /
    November 1992                                                                                     A
    Yes                                   Sub-period 2: 8/5/1980 to 11/1992      JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-    $ 108,643,569.00          $ 79,012,301.00    $ 29,631,268.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    No                                    Sub-period 3: 12/1992 to 03/1997                                                                       $ 134,718,026.00          $ 99,701,405.00    $ 35,016,621.00
    Period 2: December 1992 to                                          Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    June 2004
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    Yes                                   Sub-period 4: 04/1997 to 12/1997                                                                       $ 148,450,258.00         $ 104,314,686.00    $ 44,135,572.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    Yes                                   Sub-period 5: 01/1998 to 06/2004       JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-    $ 218,499,659.00         $ 145,440,296.00    $ 73,059,363.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-
    Yes                                   Sub-period 6: 07/2004 to 09/2006                                                                       $ 234,019,604.00         $ 155,739,419.00    $ 78,280,185.00
    Period 3: July 2004 to                                              Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    September 2013
    No                                    Sub-periods 7 & 8: 10/2006 to 09/2013 JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-443-      $ 97,178,838.00            $ 36,707.00      $ 97,142,131.00
    Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    JX-443, WSIG-TRIAL-10825, located electronically at “JX-
    443- Rocky Hill Data", "June 29-2020 Production”
    Balance at 6/30/2020                                                                         $ 111,463,006.00                N/A          $ 111,463,006.00
    .
    (all capitalization and emphasis in original).
    Next, Mr. Nunes’ cumulative damages calculations without the Warm Springs
    presumption, is depicted next as:
    (all capitalization and emphasis in original).
    For the 326-A Funds and the first breach period from March 1992 to November
    1998, to determine the appropriate maturity structure, “Mr. Nunes started from the Court’s
    finding that the 326-A Funds had the same investment horizon as the 326-K Fund during
    this period.” Plaintiffs explain:
    This means that a maturity structure that was prudent for one fund would
    also have been prudent for the other. The Court found that the Government
    had prudently invested the 326-K Fund during most of this period in a
    portfolio whose maturity ranged between 5-10 years. Thus, RHA reasoned
    that a maturity structure in that same range would also have been prudent
    for the 326-A Funds during this period.
    For the second breach period, between December 1998 and June 2004, Mr. Nunes’
    model “transitioned the 326-A Funds over the first six months of 1999 to a long-term
    78
    portfolio, reflecting the unlimited investment horizon for these funds,” relying on the court’s
    earlier finding, described above, that
    [b]etween December 1998 and June 2004, the government also breached
    its fiduciary duty by primarily investing the 326-A Funds in short-term
    securities with an average weighted maturity years to call of approximately
    two years or less. During this time, the government became aware that
    various members of the Western Shoshone tribes were supportive or
    becoming supportive of placing the 326-A Funds into a permanent
    education trust fund, the principal of which was not to be invaded. The
    government even acknowledged in its 2003 internal investment report for
    the 326-A Funds that these funds likely would be set-aside as permanent
    education trust funds. Therefore, the government should have begun to
    transition the 326-A Funds into longer-term securities because the principal
    of the funds was not intended to be distributed.
    According to plaintiffs’ post-trial brief, for the last breach period between July 2004
    to January 2012, in order to try and reach a damages conclusion, Mr. Nunes “continued
    to use the same long-term maturity structure for these funds.” At the damages trial, Mr.
    Nunes and plaintiffs’ counsel discussed Mr. Nunes evaluation of the 326-A Funds:
    [Q.] [F]or the A funds, how did you determine what maturity structure to
    apply for the first breach period, which is labeled subperiod 1, March 1992
    to November 1998?
    A. Well, this -- for this period of time, it predates the moment of the -- when
    the conversation around converting the 326A funds into a permanent
    education fund, and so at this point we see that there’s no difference --
    although in a different account, of course, and a much lesser amount -- that
    there is no real difference between these funds than there are from the K
    funds, because they have not been designated for anything yet. And so
    looking at the K funds to inform us about the A funds, the -- almost the
    entirety of this period aligns with the -- for the K funds the first nonbreach
    period found by the Court, and as we’ve explained, that’s the -- the Warm
    Springs presumption, ten years, with the non-Warm Springs, 7.86 years.
    And so -- seeing no difference in the funds, we used the same term
    structure, and we recognized the Government did not coordinate the
    investment of these funds, but the nature of the funds and the investment
    horizon to us were in alignment.
    Q. Now, for subperiod 2, which is December 1998 to June 2004, what did
    Rocky Hill determine for the maturity structure for this breach period?
    A. In the Court’s decision, it was noted that by this point, December -- the
    start of this period, the Government essentially knew that these were going
    to be earmarked for permanent funds, although officially they became
    79
    permanent funds when the Distribution Act was passed, but the Court’s
    decision makes it very clear that the Government knew this at that point,
    and it would be like any other permanent fund where you are never allowed
    to invade the principal, and at that point you almost have an instant
    investment horizon. And so we began -- we transitioned over six months the
    funds into a long-term -- a true long-term structure.
    Q. Now, for the next subperiod, July 2004 to January 2012, what approach
    did Rocky Hill take with respect to maturity structure?
    A. So once the Distribution Act was passed, it made it final that these were
    going to be -- that these now were permanent funds, and so we just
    continued to use the long-term term structure.
    After establishing the parameters of the model and the maturity structure, Mr.
    Nunes determined the rate of return for a portfolio with the maturity structure he identified.
    When asked by plaintiffs’ counsel: “How many possible strategies could have been used
    to invest the WSIG funds?” Mr. Nunes responded: “I hesitate to say infinite, but certainly
    there could be hundreds of different portfolios, you know, and a portfolio, by definition, is
    the result of a strategy, and there could have been hundreds of different variations, all --
    all still properly aligned, you know, with the investment horizon of the funds.”
    Mr. Nunes, in his rebuttal expert report, concluded
    the Government’s investment methodology was essentially ad hoc, with no
    apparent consistency, both during the 1992-1997 period when the court
    found it prudently invested the 326-K Fund and during the periods when it
    imprudently invested the 326-K and 326-A Funds. The Government’s ad
    hoc, inconsistent methodology is highlighted by the disparity between its
    investment of the 326-K Fund and its investment of the 326-A Funds in the
    period before December 1998.
    Upon reaching this conclusion, Mr. Nunes decided to use a benchmarks, which
    plaintiffs argue “provide a neutral and objective measure of market average returns,” and
    which reflects “the market-average rate of return for a diversified portfolio with the
    appropriate maturity structure. This approach is neutral and objective.” (emphasis in
    original). During his direct testimony, in response to plaintiffs’ counsel’s question,
    “regarding your use of recorded benchmarks to establish the rates of return, why is that
    the approach that Rocky Hill takes to determine rates of return for purposes of damages?”
    Mr. Nunes explained:
    Well, it’s a couple of reasons. They're passive and rules-based, and so
    there’s no – we’re not using a portfolio that somebody else is managing and
    claiming that that is, you know, what the Government should have attained.
    We are strategy- and portfolio-agnostic, and we want to be strategy- and
    portfolio-agnostic because we recognize that to achieve a certain term
    80
    structure of a portfolio, it could be done any number of ways, and so the
    indexes are plain vanilla in that regard, and they provide us, again, with a
    sort of baseline. It’s the market average performance based on the rules of
    the index, without any subjectivity whatsoever, and so, you know, we’ve
    always considered that to be, let’s say, the lowest common denominator,
    but we take our -- we take our lead from the investment world itself. Indices,
    benchmarks are an invaluable measurement tool, because if your portfolio
    gets 4 percent in a given quarter and mine gets 4 1/2, I may feel pretty good
    about having beat you, but if both of our returns are substandard and what
    we both should have gotten was 7, the only way you know that is to have a
    measurement tool, and that’s what the index is, because it’s just reporting,
    if you will, the market average performance for whatever market it is trying
    to define.
    Mr. Nunes’ expert report for the damages phase of trial reflected that the benchmarks set
    are “passive and unbiased measures of the returns that could be achieved through
    prudent investment, regardless of the particular investment methodology that was
    employed.” (emphasis in original).
    Plaintiffs argue that “RHA’s approach assumes that prudent investment in a correct
    maturity structure would have achieved results that match the market-average
    performance. No more and no less,” and further allege that
    RHA’s benchmark approach to calculating damages does not specify how
    the funds should have been invested during the period at issue. It does not
    specify an active or a passive investment strategy. It does not specify what
    securities should have been purchased or how long they should have been
    held. Instead, its benchmarks reflect the market-average investment return
    for a diversified portfolio with the appropriate maturity structure. RHA’s
    benchmark approach assumes that prudent investment in a correct maturity
    structure would have achieved results that match the market-average
    performance.
    (emphasis in original). At the damages trial, Mr. Nunes explained the benchmarks used
    by plaintiffs’ model:
    [Q.] [W]hat indices did Rocky Hill use?
    A. We used a family of indices from Barclays. It’s the U.S. -- not the whole
    family, but pieces of their U.S. Treasury Index family, and we used those
    primarily because way back when we were researching the various
    Barclays indices, they were the only ones that at all times we felt confident
    were fully compliant with U.S. -- 25 USC 162, which governs the types of
    securities that the United States is allowed to invest Indian funds in.
    81
    Q. So how does Rocky Hill develop a benchmark for a particular maturity
    structure using the Barclays indices?
    A. So what the Barclays indices are a -- so each one of them has their own
    set of rules, and they describe a piece of the Treasury index. In the broadest
    sense, the Barclays U.S. Treasury is all treasuries with maturities from 1 to
    30 years, so that’s almost the whole Treasury market without the T-bills.
    Other indices strip that down, but regardless of which index we're talking
    about -- and we did these three of them, which we can explain in a moment
    -- what these indices do is provide an objective, neutral measure of market
    average performance.
    Mr. Nunes and plaintiffs’ counsel later continued this line of questioning, with plaintiffs’
    counsel asking Mr. Nunes:
    [Q.] Why -- first of all, what do the indices include and what is the reason
    that the decision was made to use certain Barclays Indices?
    A. So way back when we first started doing this work and became aware of
    the USC -- 25 USC 162, where it very specifically defines what are allowable
    investments that BIA may purchase for investing Native American funds,
    that provided us with sort of the marching order of what we had to be careful
    not to be in violation of in anything that we would present in a model. And
    so we knew that we would use indices as the neutral and objective way to
    measure market average performance, but we had to look at what indices
    included, and in the case of then Lehman Brothers, we looked at -- they
    have a gazillion different indices, the U.S. Aggregate and subindices below
    it and some below that, and it’s a really complicated grouping of indices, but
    in all of the indices that we looked at that also incorporated agencies,
    through taking a pretty deep dive, we found that they could include agency
    securities that we could not tie back to the constructs of 25 USC 162. But
    the Treasury indices were always clean, and so we ended up using
    Treasury indices because at least we could never be challenged on having
    unauthorized securities in the index that we’re using.
    As reflected in Mr. Nunes’ expert report, Rocky Hill Advisors used three Barclays
    indices to develop the benchmarks for its revised damages calculations:
    • the Barclays U.S. Treasury (UST) index, which includes all Treasury notes/
    bonds with maturities between 1-30 years.
    • the Barclays Long-Term U.S. Treasury (LT UST) index, which includes all
    Treasury notes/bonds with maturities between 10-30 years.
    • the Barclays 1-5 Year U.S. Treasury (1-5 UST) index, which includes all
    Treasury notes with maturities between 1-5 years.
    82
    Based on the Barclays indexes used by Mr. Nunes to develop the benchmarks, at the
    damages trial, Mr. Nunes explained on direct testimony with plaintiffs’ counsel:
    [Q.] Now, based on the Court’s liability decision, as you testified earlier, you
    established maturity structures of ten years or, alternatively, 7.86 years and
    then 2.97 years, for the various breach periods. How did you create
    benchmarks for those maturities from the various Barclays indices?
    A. Each one of the indices that Barclays produces has a host of data points
    that they provide, and, of course, the weighted average maturity is one of
    them. So at any given point in time, we can see what the term structure of
    the index is, and so using -- to marry up the term structure of our model to
    the investment horizon of the funds as they changed based on the Court’s
    decision, we used allocations between three of the Barclays indices to
    achieve the term structure targets that we were looking for.
    Q. And how did you determine what proportion of each of the three indices
    to use as a benchmark for these specific maturity structures?
    A. Well, in addition to proper alignment of term structure with investment
    horizon, one of the other basic tenets of prudent investment management
    is diversification, and so the most broadly diversified index that Barclays
    produces in the Treasury sector is the 1 to 30 year Treasury, and so that is
    always the starting point for us where we need to do allocations, because
    we always want to maintain the broadest amount of diversity --
    diversification as possible to make sure that we’re remaining in a prudent
    portfolio. And so just using round numbers, if, for example, if the Barclays
    UST [United States Treasury] for a given timeline, on average, was seven
    years to maturity and we were looking for a target maturity of eight, we
    would take out some of the Barclays UST, the shorter one, and we would
    plug in a little bit of the longer one, which is the Barclays Long-Term, so that
    the weighted average of the -- based on the allocations was as close as we
    could get to that target 8 percent -- eight-year term structure. Conversely, if
    we’re looking for a shorter term structure than the Barclays UST is, by
    allocating, we would swap out some of the Barclays UST and bring in the
    shorter index, again, such that we could attain the targeted maturity that
    made sense based on the nature of the funds.
    In his testimony at the damages trial, Mr. Nunes explained how plaintiffs’ expert
    blend indices together to reach a specific maturity structure:
    [O]ne of the key concepts of prudent investment, of course, is
    diversification. This actually sort of anecdotally supports that argument. So
    we always, where we can -- so if the UST is not a -- so, for example, in our
    roll-forward period, we used the 1-5, so the UST is not even part of the mix,
    but wherever the UST is a viable part of any kind of an allocation, we will
    83
    always attempt to stay in the highest allocation percentage of the UST
    because it is clearly, of the indices we use, the broadest and most diverse,
    and anecdotally, in that it returns a better number than most of her other
    scenarios, supports the fact that diversification matters. And so we
    concentrate on being the most diverse in our model constructs as we
    possibly can be.
    Q. And so, then, when you needed maturity -- needed to meet a maturity
    structure, how did you then blend in either a shorter index or a longer index?
    Did you run a hundred different scenarios or how did you blend in either a
    longer or shorter index?
    A. So the answer to did we run a hundred scenarios is, God, no. So we
    would start with the -- you know, obviously we know what 100 percent of
    the UST would return in terms of an average maturity, and so we would look
    at it and say, okay, let’s just -- I think this is the example I used in my
    testimony -- let's just say that the UST at a point in time we’re looking at has
    a term structure of eight years, and we need to be at ten years. We would
    simply begin sort of ratably -- and that’s a bit of a guess at first, how much
    of the UST do I need to take out and how much of the UST Long do I need
    to bring in to maintain maximum diversification and still hit the ten-year
    targeted structure. And so, you know, it may have gone something like this.
    Okay, let’s see what happens if I do 10 percent of an allocation --
    reallocation from UST to long-term of 10 percent. What's that look like?
    That’s 9.7, all right. So maybe we’ve got to shave it a little bit or add a little
    bit. So it's a little bit trial and error, but it’s once we get to the targeted
    maturity that we need to be at at the maximum amount of diversification,
    that's the allocation.
    Plaintiffs explain in their brief that “[w]hen RHA combines two Barclays indexes to develop
    a benchmark, it starts with the Barclays UST, which is the broadest-based and most
    diversified because it includes all maturities from 1-30 years. Then RHA adds in as much
    of the longer or shorter index as necessary to achieve the desired weighted average
    maturity.” (citation omitted). In the above captioned case, plaintiffs’ post-trial brief and Mr.
    Nunes’ expert report for the damages phase of trial reflects that various benchmarks are
    composed as:
    Benchmark             Period                             Composition
    10-year               1980-1992             86.05% Barclays UST; 13.95% Barclays LT
    7.86-year             1980-1992             97.90% Barclays UST; 2.10% Barclays 1-5 UST
    10-year               Apr. – Dec. 1997      88.35% Barclays UST; 11.65% Barclays LT
    7.86-year             Apr. – Dec. 1997      90.20% Barclays UST; 9.80% Barclays 1-5 UST
    84
    10-year               1998-2004              91.60% Barclays UST; 8.40% Barclays LT
    7.86-year             1998-2004              81.25% Barclays UST; 18.75% Barclays 1-5 UST
    2.97-year             2004-2006              6.75% Barclays UST; 93.25% Barclays 1-5 UST
    As plaintiffs indicate in their post-trial briefs, the expert report
    used transition periods in its investment model when significant changes
    were made to the maturity structure of the Docket 326 Funds. It used a
    transition period of one-year in 1980-1981 to shift the 326-K Fund from cash
    equivalents into a diversified portfolio with a weighted average maturity of
    either 10 years or 7.86 years. It used a transition period of six months in
    1999 to shift the 326-A Funds into a long-term portfolio. And it used a
    transition period of six months in 2004 to shorten the maturity structure of
    the 326-K Fund (from either 10 years or 7.86 years) to a weighted average
    maturity of 2.97 years.
    (footnotes omitted). On direct testimony, plaintiffs’ counsel and Mr. Nunes discussed the
    purpose of the transition periods:
    Q. Now, did Rocky Hill also include a transition period as of August 1980 in
    order to transition the fund from short-term into these maturity structures
    that you've just discussed?
    A. We did.
    Q. And what was the reason to include this transition period?
    A. Well, as I pointed out at trial, there is not --well, there isn’t an investment
    manager in the world, nor would there be a client in the world, that would
    want a portfolio of approximately $28 million that is for all intents and
    purposes in cash. Even though some of it was in very short-term CDs, it
    would be absolutely imprudent to convert that in another portfolio and
    essentially overnight. I mean, an example we used at trial, it’s done
    rhetorically, through the Government and its witnesses, that if any of them
    had hit -- at that point we were talking about the original 26 million -- if any
    of them had hit a $26 million net lottery jackpot, would any of them show up
    the next morning at their investment manager’s office, ask them to have a
    fully structured portfolio, seven or eight or ten years, by 4:00 the next -- the
    same business day? And, of course, it was a rhetorical question because I
    know the answer. It would just never be done. So you have to -- to be
    prudent, you need to have -- when you’re doing something significant, like
    building a portfolio of this size out of cash or cash equivalents, you must do
    it over some length of time and not just like flipping a light switch and all of
    a sudden the portfolio is built.
    85
    Later during the damages trial, plaintiffs’ counsel and Mr. Nunes revisited the transition
    periods with the following exchange on direct examination:
    Q. Now, I know you’ve – you’ve provided testimony on this earlier, but,
    again, why does Rocky Hill include transition periods?
    A. Well, no prudent investment approach is ever going to flip a switch and
    go from zero to a hundred with a portfolio overnight. You know, again, I
    use the example, which one of the experts that the Government uses would
    take $26 million to their investment advisor and say, hey, can you have my
    portfolio built by 4:00? I've got a tee time at 5:00. It just doesn’t work that
    way, and they would not want that, and honestly I think it’s disingenuous
    for them to say that that's the way this should be calculated. Now, it’s a
    great story because interest rates are rising. That's not our fault that the
    funds were awarded in 1979, late in ‘79, at or near the cyclical high in
    interest rates that the world had never seen before, but nevertheless, that’s
    when they were awarded. And one year later, when the Court says the first
    breach period happens, the discipline is the discipline. Regardless of
    where interest rates are and what direction they’re heading, you are not
    going to convert an entire portfolio from nothing to something overnight. So
    there has to be a transition period of some length.
    Finally, regarding the calculation of damages based on plaintiffs’ model, Mr. Nunes
    testified on direct examination:
    So at any given point in time, the real term structure of the portfolio is
    somewhere in between, and, yeah, we do know that -- I don’t remember the
    exact number, but around 83, 84, 85 percent of the Government’s callables
    did get called, not always on the first call date but fairly close to it. And so
    from a liability standpoint -- and we agree with the Court’s decision -- the
    proper bound to use is the lower one because that's much closer to the real
    term structure of the portfolio. So, in other words, the portfolio was even
    shorter than one might think it was based on maturity structure, but -- so,
    you know, that informs the liability decision. In calculating damages, though,
    if because the real maturity structure is somewhere above that lower bound,
    if we were to use a term structure based on the weighted average years to
    the call for the purpose of calculating damages, then we would be
    understating damages somewhat. Conversely, by using the weighted
    average years to maturity, which is what we did for the purpose of
    calculating damages, we recognized someone could make the argument
    we’re overstating damages, but, again, as we understand trust law and as
    we understand Western Shoshone, where there is any ambiguity or doubts
    regarding potential investment earnings, that they’re resolved against the
    trustee. So in the -- the choice, I guess, between understating damages or
    overstating damages, we felt that the guidance was clear and that we
    86
    should use weighted average years to maturity with a purpose of calculating
    damages, even though weighted average year to call was used for the
    purpose of calculating -- for determining liability.
    Defendant’s Damages Model
    Similar to plaintiffs, defendant did not call any fact witnesses at the damages trial.
    Instead, defendant called two experts, Dr. Starks and Dr. Longstaff. Although both Dr.
    Starks and Dr. Longstaff submitted expert reports and rebuttal expert reports for the
    damages trial, only Dr. Starks created a damages model for the court to evaluate, and
    offered testimony about her approach.37
    Defendant contends that “Dr. Starks’s calculations present a fair approximation of
    damages grounded in a prudent and achievable investment strategy that Interior could
    have executed in the real world, in accordance with its policies and practices and in light
    of contemporaneous facts.”38 In the post-trial briefing, defendant explains:
    Dr. Starks selected alternative prudent investments that were longer-term
    in character, and reflect an investment time horizon consistent with the
    investments the Court found prudent during the non-breach periods. Dr.
    Starks also selected a buy-and-hold alternative investment strategy
    consistent with the Interior Department’s policies and practices, which
    require Interior to balance investment returns against the risk of capital
    losses and prohibit frequent trading. The portfolio she proposes is based on
    37As noted above, regarding Dr. Longstaff, plaintiffs argue that “Dr. Longstaff did not offer
    an opinion on the amount of damages in this case.”
    38 At trial, defendant’s counsel asked: “Dr. Starks, what types of data did you use to
    calculate damages?” Dr. Starks responded:
    A. I used data on Treasury securities from the Center for Research Security
    Price, CRSP, which is maintained by the University of Chicago, Booth
    School of Business.
    Q. And what types of information does that data set contain?
    A. It has information on Treasury prices. It has information on Treasury
    issues. It has information on prices, information on the bid price, the ask
    price, the maturity of the Treasury bonds. It has detailed information on
    Treasury bonds.
    Q. What time period did you look at for those data?
    A. From 1980 to 2013.
    87
    a buy-and-hold ladder of bonds with a broad range of maturities. This
    approach mitigates interest rate risk, while also taking advantage of higher-
    yielding longer-term bonds. Dr. Starks’s model also offers Interior flexibility
    to adapt its portfolio — replacing maturing bonds with longer or shorter-term
    bonds as the circumstances warrant.
    Defendant continues:
    Dr. Starks’ calculated the additional income that Interior would have earned
    using her proposed alternative investment portfolio for each breach period.
    She then compared the investment income generated during each breach
    period to the actual balance of the Fund at the end of that breach period.
    For non-breach periods, Dr. Starks applied the actual growth rate of the
    Fund during those periods to the but-for portfolio balance resulting from the
    breach periods. So, for example, for the Docket 326-K Fund for the breach
    period August 1980 to November 1992, Dr. Starks calculated that her
    proposed alternative investment portfolio would have generated an
    additional $21,382,643. Dr. Starks effectively added that additional
    investment income to the balance of the Fund in December 1992, and
    assumed that it would have grown at the actual rate that the Fund grew
    during the December 1992 to March 1997 prudent period, growing the
    damages amount from $21,382,643 to $26,505,699 by April 1997. Dr.
    Starks’s total calculations of damages therefore included not only the
    amounts of income Interior would have earned for the Funds during the
    breach periods, but also additional income that would have been earned on
    breach period damages during non-breach periods if Interior had invested
    prudently during the breach periods.
    (emphasis in original; internal citation and footnote omitted).
    At the damages trial, defendant’s counsel asked Dr. Starks on direct examination
    about the relationship between the actual average maturity of the 326-K Fund and the
    buy-and-hold policy. Dr. Starks indicated:
    [A.] Well, I think what you’re seeing here is the effects on maturity of a buy-
    and-hold policy, because -- because once purchased -- or in the eighties,
    longer term CDs were purchased, and then they come down. Longer term
    securities are purchased and then it -- as time goes by, they go down, and
    then they're purchased again.
    Q. Does the shape of the maturity structure of the 326-K fund over the
    period reflect a buy-and-hold strategy?
    A. It does to me, yes.
    88
    Q. And is it your opinion, based on your review of the record in this case
    and the record of the Government’s investments in this case, that the
    Government, indeed, followed a buy-and-hold strategy at all times in its
    management of this fund?
    A. It appears that they -- that they were consistently following a buy-and-
    hold strategy.
    Dr. Starks also used a chart as a demonstrative, which was admitted into evidence at the
    damages trial, to illustrate the actual average maturity of the 326-K Fund:
    The court notes the similarities between this and the chart that Dr. Starks prepared
    as Demonstrative Exhibit 10 at the liability trial, and included above in the findings of fact.
    The above chart, however, does not include the representation of WSJF Years to Call
    with mortgage-backed securities which was included in Demonstrative Exhibit 10 at the
    liability trial.
    To describe her model, Dr. Starks and defendant’s counsel had the following
    discussion on direct examination at the damages trial:
    Q. What types of information did you consider in conducting your damages
    analysis?
    89
    A. I looked at the Court’s [liability] opinion. I looked at a number of
    documents in this case with regard to the Government. I looked at -- I also
    looked at a number of documents and research studies that I would use in
    my field and also considered other kinds of information to come up with
    what kind of model I thought would be appropriate for this.
    Q. Okay. And, generally speaking, how did you go about calculating
    damages?
    A. I -- just from the general perspective, I constructed a but-for ladder
    portfolio, and then I took the difference between the performance on that
    ladder portfolio over the time period and the actual performance, and the
    difference was -- were my damages.
    Q. All right. Now, Dr. Starks, did you -- did you attempt to create a but-for
    portfolio that you felt was plausible?
    A. Yes. That was very important, that it be plausible.
    Q. What considerations did you -- did you make to suggest that your
    investment selections were plausible?
    A. Well, again, I looked at the Court’s [liability] opinion, I looked at what the
    Government could have done given their objectives, their policies, and their
    practices, and I also considered, given a buy-and-hold model, what would
    be the most logical buy-and-hold model to use to calculate damages.
    Q. What were the Government’s investment objectives?
    A. To earn an acceptable return while preserving tribal capital and taking
    into account the needs of the tribes.
    As indicated in Dr. Starks’ expert report prepared for the damages phase of trial:
    The BIA’s investment decisions were constrained by a set of specific
    investment objectives guiding its management of the tribal trust funds.
    These objectives, which were specified by BIA policy, reflect the Bureau’s
    practice with respect to managing the tradeoff between risk and return
    inherent in financial markets. In particular, the BIA’s investment objectives
    reflect the Government’s priority of earning an acceptable rate of return on
    the trust funds at issue while simultaneously mitigating the risk of loss,
    preserving capital, and having funds available for timely distribution when
    needed.
    (footnotes omitted). At the damages trial, defendant’s counsel asked Dr. Starks on direct
    examination:
    90
    Q. [W]hat were the Government’s investment constraints?
    A. As I’ve talked about before, one was this holding-versus-trading policy,
    the buy-and-hold policy that existed, and the other was the concern, the
    scrutiny that was given to bonds that were longer term.
    Q. Now, are buy-and-hold strategies risk-free?
    A. No, they’re not. Buy-and-hold strategies -- again, you know, if we’re just
    looking at treasuries, we don’t really need to worry about the quality, don’t
    have to worry as much about the liquidity risk, but we still have interest rate
    risk, and we have reinvestment risk. And so a buy-and-hold strategy, as I
    said earlier, you don’t have the effects of interest rate risk while you are
    holding that bond because you’re going to get back the principal since it’s a
    government bond.
    Q. Now, are there other types of risk beyond interest rate risk -- you say
    buy-and-hold strategies account for interest rate risk. Are there other kinds
    of risk that the Government might face in executing a buy-and-hold
    strategy?
    A. One particular reinvestment rate risk. So you have the reinvestment rate
    risk when you’re reinvesting the coupons, that you might not receive the
    same return that you were receiving on the bond when you bought it, and
    then you also -- when you -- when that bond matures, you have to reinvest
    those proceeds in another bond.
    Q. Are there some -- are some buy-and-hold strategies better than others
    at managing reinvestment risk?
    A. Yes. The ladder strategy -- the ladder portfolio is very useful for mitigating
    reinvestment risk.
    Q. All right. Let’s look at Demonstrative 60, please, and I'd just like for you
    to describe to the Court what a ladder strategy is.
    A. It’s -- a ladder strategy is that you set up your portfolio as if it’s a ladder,
    so in this case this would be a ten-year ladder portfolio. You take one-tenth
    of the principal that you have to invest and you put it in that top rung in the
    ladder, and then you take another one-tenth and you put it in – I’m sorry, I
    should have been more clear. The top rung of the ladder is a bond with a
    maturity of ten years. Then you take one-tenth and put it in the second rung
    of the ladder, in effect a bond that has a maturity of nine years, and so forth.
    You do this for -- you put one-tenth in bonds of different maturities for each
    year all the way down to one year left of maturity.
    91
    Q. How does a ladder strategy operate to mitigate reinvestment risk?
    A. Because when you are reinvesting either the coupons or you’re
    reinvesting the principal, because you have the bonds maturing at different
    points in time, you’re reinvesting at different interest rates if interest rates
    are changing, so you are mitigating that reinvestment risk.
    Dr. Starks expanded on the benefits of the ladder approach during her direct examination,
    indicating
    a ladder portfolio conforms to the buy-and-hold policy. It mitigates interest
    rate risk because you’re holding the bonds to maturity. It mitigates
    reinvestment risk from those maturing securities, as I had talked about
    earlier, and -- and I think this is also important -- the average time to maturity
    and the duration of the portfolio remains stable over time, and so you have
    -- you have this stability in the risk of this portfolio over time. I would also
    say that ladder portfolios are particularly used with – they’ve been used a
    lot with government securities. They’ve been used a lot with pension funds,
    with endowments, with foundations. It's a very common thing.
    In response to defendant’s counsel’s question: “Did you use a ladder strategy for
    your but-for portfolios for the 326-K fund and the 326-A funds?” Dr. Starks responded:
    “Yes, I did.” Regarding her modeling, during direct examination, defendant’s counsel and
    Dr. Starks had the following exchange:
    [Q.] [W]hat did you look at it in terms of plausibility when selecting an
    investment horizon for your portfolio?
    A. When selecting the investment horizon, I thought about the concern that
    the Government had -- and like I said earlier, that I saw throughout -- of
    being careful with the long-term bonds, and so I also thought about the
    degree of uncertainty there was and the amount of interest rate there was
    during the time period, particularly the early time period. And so I decided
    that ten years would be the appropriate ladder in terms of -- so the bonds
    ranged from ten years to one year in maturity.
    Q. What is your understanding of the Court’s findings [in the liability Opinion]
    as it relates to a prudent investment horizon?
    A. I looked at the time period between 199 --December 1992 and March
    1997, which is the time period that the Court found that the Government
    had invested prudently, and I looked at that time period, and as we looked
    at earlier, most of the months had maturities, weighted years to call, less
    than six years, and, in fact, less than 5.5 years, and so I took that time period
    92
    and looked at what was most plausible in terms of the weighted average
    years to call for this portfolio
    Q. Now, Mr. Nunes testified that he based his investment horizons and
    maturity structures consistent -- in a way that's consistent with the Court’s
    analysis for the periods in which the Court found no breach. Is that what you
    did, too?
    A. Well, I would say that I took into account what the weighted average
    years to call really looked like in that period, because they took the high
    points, but I don’t think you can base an investment strategy just on one
    month or two months when it was higher, because then it was going down.
    And so I took into account, in terms of plausibility, the frequency of the
    weighted average years to call, the months that had the different – I’m not
    being very articulate with this -- the months that had five years versus six
    years, seven years, eight years, and 9.7.[39]
    Q. And, Dr. Starks, did you attempt to select an investment horizon that was
    consistent with the way in which the Government most frequently invested
    in that ‘92 to ‘97 period?
    A. Yes, I did.
    Q. Now -- and, I’m sorry, what was the investment horizon that you selected
    for your but-for portfolio?
    A. I selected five years. So, again, with an average of five years, the average
    portfolio would be a ten-year ladder.
    Q. Does that mean –
    39   As closing argument in the damages trial, defendant’s counsel argued
    the evidence actually is that although the weighted average years to call --
    and that’s the metric the Court used in its liability opinion for reasons it
    stated in that opinion -- but the facts are that the weighted average years to
    call of the portfolio during the prudent period, it did range between 4.7 years
    and 9.7 years, which in shorthand we have said, you know, we have kind of
    estimated about five to ten years, but, in fact, 80 percent of the time, those
    investments were in a portfolio that had a weighted average years to call of
    7 1/2 years or less. So that information we know from the prudent period
    that can be brought to bear on what a reasonable alternative portfolio should
    be in this case and, you know, what information we can look to to damages
    during the breach periods.
    93
    A. They have bonds from ten years in maturity down to one year in maturity.
    Q. And is that true for every -- every point in time during the breach periods,
    the ladder would hold bonds between -- ranging in maturities from 1 to 10
    years?
    A. Well, in the -- in -- when -- in 2004, when the Claims Distribution Act
    passed, I lowered -- I started reinvesting the one-year bond. Instead of
    reinvesting in another ten-year bond, I reinvested in a one-year bond, so
    the maturity started going down. I would also say that for the 326-A fund,
    when it became clear that the Government was going to be investing this
    money for the long term, I moved -- I put those funds from a ten-year ladder
    into a 28-year ladder, with an average maturity of 14 years, which was
    consistent with the Court’s [liability] opinion about the 2012, 2013 period.
    Q. All right. What -- which government policies inform your selection of five
    years for the average portfolio maturity?
    A. Well, the trading versus holding as well as -- or I should say the holding-
    versus-trading policy, as well as the practice and policy of not -- of not going
    long term unless there was a particular reason for doing it.
    Q. What aspects of finance theory inform your selection of five years as the
    average portfolio maturity?
    A. Interest rate risk is also an important component of my decision because
    the longer term bonds -- and we’ve talked about them -- they have much
    higher interest rates, and given the uncertainty during the 1980s, I felt that
    interest rate was also an important consideration.
    On direct examination with Dr. Starks, defendant’s counsel asked “how does the
    investment time horizon change over time in your portfolio for the 326-K fund?” Dr. Starks
    answered: “The 326-K fund is -- I had a ten-year ladder until -- for the 1980 to 1992 period,
    and then – and then in the April 1997, I go back to a ten-year ladder, and until 2004, it
    stays with a ten-year ladder, and then it starts reducing in maturity.” Dr. Starks continued:
    So starting in August 1980, I invest everything, and like I said, I put one-
    tenth in each -- in bonds of each of these different maturities that are shown
    on the left-hand side. So it starts out with the ten-year ladder, has one-tenth
    in each of these bonds, and then a year later, when the one-year bond
    matures, that gets reinvested into a new ten-year bond. And then if you . . .
    look across time, you can see how these bonds mature. So the ten-year
    bond becomes a nine-year bond, becomes an eight-year bond, a seven-
    year bond, and a six-year bond, and each year as you reinvest, you're
    getting a new ten-year bond as the one-year bond is maturing.
    94
    Q. And when you transition in 2004 to a shorter investment time horizon
    based on the passage of the Distribution Act . . . how does the model
    perform that shortening of portfolio maturity.
    A. Instead of buying a -- so in 2004, instead of buying a another ten-year
    bond, as you’re continuing the ladder, you buy an additional one-year bond,
    and then you do that again in 2005. So you’re shortening the maturity. That's
    one thing a ladder can do, it gives you flexibility to be able to shorten
    maturity.
    For the 326-A Funds, Dr. Starks testified,
    for 2004, I had a ten-year ladder, and then -- and then I moved the money
    into -- when it became clear from the Claims Distribution Act that it would -
    - it would be long term -- and, again, I used the Court’s saying that the 11-
    to 14-year yield to call during the -- during the 2012-2013 period was
    prudent for the 326-A funds, I used that and I moved into a 28-year ladder,
    which has an average maturity of 14 years for the A funds. And I do this in
    two different ways. I do it in 2004, because that’s when the Government
    knew for sure, but I also included in my rebuttal report calculations in case
    it would be useful for the Court if it -- if it’s decided that the Government
    should have known this in 1998, and I -- because in the decision it said this
    became probable that it would become permanent, and so I moved it -- for
    my secondary calculations, I changed it from -- from going in 2004 to a 28-
    year ladder to going to the 28-year ladder in 1998.
    After explaining the methodology of her model at the damages trial, Dr. Starks also
    provided a calculation of damages owed plaintiffs. As defendant explains:
    With respect to the 326-K Fund, Dr. Starks started with the balance of the
    Fund at the beginning of the first breach period on August 4, 1980 and
    calculated the amount of additional income that Interior could have earned
    using a ten-year ladder portfolio between August 1980 and November 1992,
    instead of investing in the CD program the Court found imprudent. This
    calculation resulted in additional investment income of $21,382,643 over
    and above the income that Interior actually earned during the period. Dr.
    Starks then assumed that, in a but-for world, this additional $21,382,643
    would have been part of the 326-K Fund during the December 1992 to
    March 1997 non-breach period, and calculated the amount of additional
    income that the 326-K Fund would have earned during that period — using
    the rate of actual growth for the 326-K Fund during that period. This
    calculation resulted in $5,123,056 in additional income during the
    December 1992 to March 1997 non-breach period. Dr. Starks then carried
    forward the balance of her calculations to determine how much additional
    income Interior would have earned had it invested the 326-K Fund in a one-
    to-ten-year ladder portfolio from April 1997 through June 2004. That
    95
    calculation resulted in additional investment income of $29,507,915. Dr.
    Starks then calculated the additional investment income that would have
    been earned between July 2004 and September 2006 if Interior had
    continued a ladder portfolio approach, but had begun replacing retiring
    bonds with one-year bonds to shorten the overall portfolio maturity in 2005
    and 2006. That calculation resulted in additional investment income of
    $4,684,779. Finally, Dr. Starks calculated the amount of additional
    investment income that the 326-K would have earned during the
    non-breach period from October 2006 through September 2013
    when the 326-K Fund was fully distributed to its beneficiaries. As
    she did for the damages during the October 1992 to March 1997
    non-breach period, Dr. Starks assumed the balance of the Fund
    would have included the additional investment income earned
    during the previous breach periods and that the Fund would have
    grown at the same rate it actually grew from October 2006 to
    September 2013. That calculation resulted in additional
    investment income of $13,118,123. In total, Dr. Starks calculated
    that a prudent portfolio throughout the life of the 326-K Fund
    would have resulted in investment income of $262,606,465
    million, instead of the $188,789,950 million that Interior actually
    earned over the life of the Fund. Thus, Dr. Starks calculated
    damages of $73,816,515 — the difference between what Interior
    actually earned and what a prudent investment approach would
    have earned over the life of the 326-K Fund.
    (emphasis in original; internal citations omitted). Dr. Starks also used a chart
    as a demonstrative, which was admitted into evidence, which the court
    reproduces below:
    96
    For the 326-A Funds, defendant explains in the post-trial briefing:
    Dr. Starks’s calculations of damages for the 326-A Funds follow the same
    methodology. Dr. Starks began with the actual balances of the 326-A-1
    Fund at its inception in 1992 and the 326-A-3 Fund at its inception in 1995,
    and determined the additional investment income these combined Funds
    would have earned, had they been invested in accordance with Dr. Starks’s
    one-to-ten year ladder approach from March 1992 to November 1998. That
    calculation resulted in additional investment income of $165,782. Dr. Starks
    then carried forward the balance of the Funds as of December 1998 and
    calculated how much additional investment income the 326-A Funds would
    have earned between December 1998 and January 2012, had Interior
    invested the Funds in accordance the twenty-eight year ladder portfolio Dr.
    Starks adopted in her analysis. That calculation resulted in additional
    investment income of $1,010,314. Dr. Starks then took the balance of the
    326-A Funds at the end of January 2012, and calculated the growth of the
    Funds at the same rate the Funds actually grew from February 2012 to the
    September 2013 end date of Plaintiffs’ claims. The final calculation of
    damages totaled $987,920.
    97
    (emphasis in original; internal citations omitted). Dr. Starks also used the same
    demonstrative chart for the 326-A Funds which the court reproduces below:
    Dr. Starks, in addition to testifying on direct examination about her model and her
    calculations of damages, offered a number of challenges to Mr. Nunes’ modeling, both in
    her expert reports and her testimony at the damages trial. As noted above, the Mr. Nunes
    admitted there was an error in his calculations for his original expert report on damages,
    which was identified by Dr. Starks. Dr. Starks, in her rebuttal expert report for the
    damages trial, noted:
    The RHA Damages Report purports to “utilize the returns of the 326-K Fund
    portfolio as it was constructed by the Government in calculating how the
    Fund should have grown” during the period from the start of December 1992
    through the end of March 1997, when the Court found the Government was
    not in breach of its trust responsibilities. This should be a straightforward
    exercise: all one needs to do is divide the March 1997 amount by the
    December 1992 amount. But RHA does this incorrectly.
    (emphasis in original; footnotes omitted). As indicated in her expert rebuttal report, once
    the error is corrected, “ultimately RHA’s damages for the 326-K Fund by $47.7 million for
    RHA’s 10-year model, which is 26.8 percent of the total estimated damages, and by $45.0
    million for RHA’s 7.86-year model, which is 28.8 percent of the total estimated damages
    using that model.” (footnote omitted).
    98
    As indicated in Dr. Starks’ rebuttal expert report:
    RHA manipulates the damages it calculates by selecting an arbitrary
    transition period that avoids realizing market declines in the original period.
    Throughout its analysis, RHA employs “transition” periods for the Funds at
    various points in time “to adjust the maturity structure of the portfolio” to the
    benchmark structure selected by RHA for its analyses. That is, RHA makes
    the assumption that the counterfactual portfolio changes would have taken
    some months to implement. The first transition period in RHA’s models for
    the 326-K Fund begins at the start of the investment period in August 1980
    and occurs over twelve months, with 8.33 percent of value of the total 326-
    K portfolio transitioning every month from the assets actually held at that
    time to RHA’s synthetic index. The second transition in RHA’s models for
    the 326-K Fund begins in July 2004 and occurs over six months (not 12
    months, as RHA assumed for the first transition period), with 16.67 percent
    of the value of the total 326-K portfolio transitioning every month to a
    maturity structure of 2.97 years. RHA also includes a transition period in its
    analysis of the 326-A-1/A-3 Funds; in that case it is assumed that the new
    investment strategy would take six months to implement.
    RHA’s transition periods are problematic for several reasons. First, the use
    of the transition periods does not comport with the Court’s [Liability] Opinion
    as to the timing of the damages periods. The Court found, for example, that
    the 326-K Fund was imprudently managed starting in August 1980, not one
    year later, when RHA’s transition period for the 326-K Fund concludes.
    Second, setting aside for now my disagreement about the need for a
    transition period, RHA does not explain why the timing of the transition it
    selected does not match the maturity schedules of the securities actually
    held in the 326-K Fund as of the start of the relevant period. . . . Third, RHA’s
    transition periods also are arbitrary. . . . Finally, RHA appears to have
    improperly implemented the six-month transition period it claims to have
    applied to the 326-A-1/A-3 Funds over the course of the first six months of
    1999.
    (footnotes omitted). At the damages trial, Dr. Starks responded to defendant’s counsel’s
    question during direct examination, what “would have happened if the Government had
    immediately executed Mr. Nunes’ investment strategy from day one instead of just
    keeping the Government’s portfolio in CDs and cash?” by explaining:
    So as of August 4th, 1980, the fund was about $28 million, and it would
    have immediately started losing money, and within just the first couple of
    months, it would have lost about a million dollars, and it -- as you can see,
    it still stayed where it was -- where it was in a loss from the 28 million
    throughout the entire transition period, had they not had a transition period.
    So the bottom line shows a ten-year model without any transition period.
    99
    Q. All right. And what impact does this 2. – would this $2.6 million loss in
    the very beginning of the breach period in 1980, what impact would that
    have had over the course of Mr. Nunes’ damages model if he had employed
    it from the start?
    A. If he did not have this transition period, then -- then because this $2
    million would have accumulated, it would have resulted in damages being
    lowered by about $36 million.
    Q. All right. And have you put together a demonstrative that demonstrates
    your effort to quantify the impact of the loss shielding transition period or
    loss shielding transition periods that Mr. Nunes uses in his model?
    A. Yes. If you look at -- if you look at slide 42, it shows for the ten-year
    model, the transition period, if you took it away or corrected for it, it would -
    - it would have lowered damages by 36.7 million; and for the 7.86-year
    model, it would have lowered damages by 30 million.[40]
    Plaintiffs respond that “RHA properly uses transition periods,” and “Dr. Starks’ contention
    that transition periods are unwarranted is belied by her own damages model.”
    At the damages trial, Dr. Starks also questioned the logistics of plaintiffs’ model,
    explaining in an exchange with defendant’s counsel:
    [A.] Selecting the Barclays Index, in my opinion, is a choice of investment
    strategy; selecting the -- which indices to combine with which weights is an
    investment strategy decision.
    Q. Now, could the Government have simply invested in Barclays Indices?
    40 At the damages trial, Dr. Starks was also critical of building a portfolio slowly with
    Treasury securities, noting “I haven’t seen where, with Treasury securities, somebody
    waits a year to -- to invest slowly over time with this idea of, oh, I have reinvestment risk.
    What I see is portfolio managers that are trying to get in as quickly as possible, and they
    will even take used futures in order to be fully invested.” Defendant’s second expert, Dr.
    Longstaff, similarly commented at the damages trial, that “the Treasury bond market is
    incredibly liquid, even back in the 1980 era, you know, it was – daily trading volume was
    in the billions, and it’s so liquid that it's very -- you know, very easy, straightforward, low-
    cost to put on large positions and do those within minutes, literally,” and, therefore, “the
    idea that, you know, that a portfolio that’s on the magnitude of a hundred million or 26
    million, that it might take 18 months to transition it into a portfolio is just kind of astonishing.
    That’s just not consistent with the realities. In liquid markets, you could turn those kind of
    portfolios around literally in days, weeks at the worst.”
    100
    A. No, not back in -- in the beginning. It would have required investing in a
    very large number of different bonds, and you need to -- again, as the
    composition is changing, because the Treasury is constantly issuing new
    bonds and other bonds are maturing, as this -- as you have these changes,
    the Government would have had to have been changing the index.
    Just to explain a little bit more about it, a bond index is very different from a
    stock index. The S&P 500 isn’t as difficult because you -- and let’s just act
    as if the 500 stocks don't change. You invest in the 500 stocks. As the prices
    go up or down, your index naturally goes up or down, and you don’t have to
    be selling or buying new shares because you have your portfolio
    constructed of the S&P 500. So it’s – it’s not that difficult. A bond index, as
    I said, is much more difficult because you have bonds that are maturing,
    you have new bonds that are consistently coming in, and so your -- your --
    and this index is market valuated. So you have to be reproportioning every
    bond in the index. Mr. Nunes gave an example with just two bonds and how
    it wouldn’t be that much or he made a comment it wouldn’t be that much,
    but you have hundreds of bond securities. If you want to emulate that index,
    you would have to be buying some, selling some, and to make sure that
    you're keeping up with the market value as new bonds are being issued by
    the Treasury.
    After hearing testimony at the damages trial from Dr. Starks, court heard testimony
    from Dr. Longstaff. As explained by Dr. Longstaff on his direct testimony, prompted by a
    question from defendant’s counsel:
    [Q.] have you conducted any analysis in this case to demonstrate the fallacy
    of reaching for yield as it applies to investing in Treasury securities?
    A. Yes. I conducted kind of a simulation exercise to try to illustrate the point
    that if you invest in a longer term bond, you don’t necessarily get higher
    returns than investing in shorter maturity bonds. And I’ll try to, kind of in a
    bit of a pedantic way, just use a simple simulation exercise to kind of
    illustrate this concept in as simple way as I can.
    Q. So if you could just describe these three simulated strategies that you
    looked at.
    A. Okay. Well, what we would do as a simple simulation exercise, we are
    going to imagine that we were standing back there at August of 1980,
    looking at the term structure that existed in the market at that date, and we
    are going to basically explore just what would happen if I had invested $1
    in each of three different strategies.
    In the first strategy, we are going to basically simulate what would happen
    if I bought a one-year zero-coupon bond and then, you know, a year later it
    101
    matures, and roll it over into a new one-year bond, and we do that each
    year for ten years and keep track of what happens to the value of that
    portfolio over ten years.
    In the second strategy -- so that’s the rollover strategy, the first one. The
    second one is we are going to conduct that same exercise but this time we
    are going to assume that you start off in 1980 and you buy a ten-year zero-
    coupon bond, and we hold that bond to maturity. So we have a buy-and-
    hold strategy here, and we hold that bond to maturity for ten years.
    And then the third variation on this, we are going to simulate what happens
    if we follow kind of a targeted maturity strategy. The idea here is that at the
    beginning of the ten-year period, we buy a ten-year zero-coupon bond, but
    this time we hold it for a year, and then we go into the market, sell it at
    whatever its new price is, reinvest the proceeds into a brand new ten-year
    bond, and we just keep doing that every year. So you’re kind of zig-zagging
    between the, you know, ten-year maturity, nine-year, back and forth, kind
    of in a targeted maturity, similar, as I understand, to kind of the -- well, the
    Rocky Hill approach here.
    Defendant’s counsel then asked Dr. Longstaff to further describe his analysis:
    A. Yes. What we do is -- again, as I mentioned, we go back, looked at the
    term structure that existed in 1980, August 1980, used kind of a simple
    model to generate paths of the interest rate over time, and just modeled
    what the value of each of these three strategies would have been at each
    point in time, each year over the next ten years, and we kind of then take a
    look at the over a million simulations and kind of try to get some
    understanding of what the range of possibilities are.
    Q. All right. Turning to your Demonstrative Number 7, would you describe
    for the Court the results of your simulation with respect to strategy number
    1?
    A. Yes. So there are way too many to show on one piece of paper, so we
    first break out the first, I think, hundred, and it shows here what happens if
    you invest $1 in Strategy 1, just rolling over a one-year zero-coupon bond
    each year for ten years, start off with $1, and, you know, depending on
    whether -- you know, if rates go up, the strategy will do better, and if rates
    go down, it will do less well, and just keep track over time what some of the
    possibilities are. This is just one of a hundred paths that we’re looking at,
    but you’ll see that over time the value tends to grow, but there is risk about
    what the value of the portfolio will be at any point in time, and that's true
    even over ten years. We don’t know what’s going to happen. It depends on
    reinvestment rates, and you can see that there's a wide range of
    possibilities. I think, very significantly, the fact that because of its nature,
    102
    rollover strategy, we never end up in a situation, for example, where we will
    have a principal loss. The value of the portfolio will always be greater than
    one. The strategy, even though we don’t know exactly what the outcome
    will be, we do know it has the nice feature that it's not going to produce any
    capital losses. This would be important if, for example, there was
    uncertainty about the investment horizon. It might take us ten years, but
    what if it's only three or five or something happens? It shows that there will
    be some randomness in the value of the portfolio, but we would never have
    a principal loss with this strategy.
    Q. Thank you. Let's turn to Demonstrative Number 8, and could you
    describe for the Court the results of your simulation with respect to Strategy
    2?
    A. Okay. Just a reminder to the Court, what we’re doing here is we're
    starting off with buying a ten-year zero-coupon bond, and we're buying and
    holding that -- buying and holding it for ten years. And as you can see, there
    are situations here where, after one year, let's say if interest rates go up,
    the value of that bond could actually go down. It could actually have a
    principal loss. Vice versa, the rates could go down and the bond price could
    go up, but there’s, you know, considerable risk about the value of that
    portfolio after one year. Going forward, even out to five years, there's a --
    there is a substantial probability that if you had to liquidate that portfolio
    early or, you know, had to pull the plug on the strategy after five years, you
    could actually do that where you have lost money and have less than one
    dollar. That occurs approximately about 8.7 percent. Now, because of the
    strategy, because in ten years the bond is going to mature, and you are
    assuming that there's no default risk, the bond will then actually convert to
    a value of 2.69, guaranteed. So with this strategy, over -- if you hold it for
    ten years, there’s no risk. Now, there is risk, however, if you have to liquidate
    at an earlier point, but this strategy then, after we get past the about six- or
    seven-year point, it’s sufficiently short term that we wouldn’t have losses if
    we had to liquidate in, let's say, year eight or year nine. But it does illustrate
    that this portfolio has a very different risk and return characteristics and that
    a longer maturity bond doesn't necessarily guarantee that you will have
    more returns than a shorter maturity bond.
    After Dr. Longstaff outlined the three strategies in his analysis, defendant’s counsel asked
    Dr. Longstaff to compare the three strategies “in terms of risk and return.” Dr. Longstaff
    explained:
    Just keeping track of what is the probability of having a principal loss, which
    is one metric of maybe underperformance, and that's a dramatic measure
    of underperformance, but we can see, for example, that Strategy 1 will
    never lose principal. It's of a short-term nature. It does well when rates go
    up. The other strategies do poorly when rates go up, a kind of the opposite
    103
    type of risk there. With Strategy 2, we can see that in the first year, if you
    have to liquidate after one year, suddenly there's like a 36 percent chance
    you would be under water, where you would actually have lost money over
    the first year. As you go farther into the future, that probability declines, and
    by the time you get to about seven years, then the chances of having a
    principal loss are pretty much gone. So that has a little more risk than
    Strategy 1 in that sense. Strategy 3, again, which is much more like a
    targeted maturity strategy like Rocky Hill, you can see that that strategy has
    a positive probability of loss over all investment horizons. It's more
    pronounced at the beginning because of the way that the term structures
    evolve. It starts out with about a 36 percent chance of a principal loss after
    one year, but it's still substantial after seven, eight, nine, ten years.
    Q. And let’s turn to your Demonstrative Number 11. What did the simulation
    tell you about the expected magnitude of a loss when a principal loss did
    occur?
    A. Yes, this was kind of interesting. It’s not just that the loss can happen.
    It's that the loss could actually, when it does happen, could be very, very
    severe. This demonstrates -- of course, Strategy 1 never has a loss. There’s
    no graph on this chart for Strategy 1. But for Strategy 2, if you had to, let’s
    say, liquidate after one year, after one year, Strategy 2 -- remember, this
    can happen with a 36 percent chance -- if there is a loss, the average loss
    is somewhere between 15 and 20 percent. That means that you’ve lost
    almost 20 percent of the initial funds. That's a severe, severe shortfall.
    Strategy number 2 I think after about two years is probably the worst
    scenario, about 20 percent, starts coming down, but the losses, when they
    can occur, on average could be very severe losses, in the range of 5, 10,
    20 percent. Things are even more dramatic for the third strategy, because
    when you do -- when the loss does occur, it’s on average a very bad loss.
    Even after three, four, five years, some of those losses are on the order of
    20, 25 percent. Even going out to ten years, if there’s a loss, it, on average,
    would be somewhere between 15 to 20 percent. These are significant --
    significant from the perspective of managing funds. This would be a huge
    hit to the value of the portfolio. People who were expecting positive returns
    could end up in scenarios where they have actually lost money and have
    less than they initially started with.
    With regard to the demonstrative exhibit 11, created by Dr. Longstaff, and
    referenced above, the demonstrative shows:
    104
    Therefore, defendant argues,
    the two buy-and-hold strategies performed similarly to or even offered
    higher expected returns than Strategy 3 depending on how long the portfolio
    is maintained but exposed the portfolio to a substantially lower risk of
    losses, and a much lower risk of significant losses. Dr. Longstaff’s
    simulation demonstrates that, at least by comparison to the type of frequent
    trading strategy Plaintiffs’ expert Mr. Nunes advocates, Dr. Starks’s buy-
    and-hold ladder portfolio both mitigates risk and ensures competitive
    returns on investment.
    During his direct examination, Dr. Longstaff was asked the following questions by
    defendant’s counsel about Mr. Nunes’ model:
    [Q.] Now, as a part of your assignment, did you prepare a damages
    calculation in response to Rocky Hill's damages calculation?
    A. Yes. I was asked to do kind of a sensitivity analysis, and so, yes, I did
    that analysis.
    Q. All right. Let’s turn to Demonstrative 15, and, Dr. Longstaff, could you
    describe for the Court sort of how you set up your sensitivity analysis, what
    you took from Rocky Hill’s approach, and then how you sort of modified it
    to perform your sensitivity analysis.
    105
    A. Yes. What I wanted to do is basically use their framework, their modeling
    approach, their infrastructure, architecture, and preserve as much of that as
    possible to be consistent with this period and what they were doing, but I
    wanted to sort of get at the issue of how much are they relying on these two
    assumptions, as I had mentioned, the assumption that everything in the five-
    to ten-year range was equally plausible and that you would reliably do better
    by always picking the longest maturity in available range. So I wanted to
    relax those two assumptions just to because their damages estimate
    change when you just change those two assumptions. I'm trying to keep
    everything else as much the same as possible.
    Q. And how did you go about doing that?
    A. So, again, what I wanted to do is adopt their assumptions, so what we
    preserved -- as you know, they're focusing only on Treasury bonds, not the
    agencies or the CDs. We're doing the same thing. They used an index-
    based approach. I think they have three different indexes. We said let's do
    the same thing. Let's just pick three indexes, just parallel what they're doing,
    picked three indexes. So that was the approach. We are going to use the
    same periods over which, you know, they're doing their analysis and try to
    keep everything the same, other than kind of maybe relaxing those two
    objectionable assumptions.
    Q. Are you -- just to clarify -- and at the top here for the Court -- are you
    testifying that the sensitivity analysis -- excuse me, that the sensitivity
    analysis that you performed is your affirmative damages opinion?
    A. No, no. This is – we’re simply evaluating the impact of those assumptions
    made by Rocky Hill on their damages estimates. It’s in no way an
    independent, stand-alone damages estimate. I’m just simply taking their
    framework and testing the sensitivity of their damage estimates to be what
    I view as their cornerstone or foundational assumptions that underlies their
    investment strategy.
    Q. All right. Let’s talk about the mechanics of how you correct Rocky Hill’s
    damages’ approach in your exercise.
    A. Yes. You know, this demonstrative -- the key things we wanted to focus
    on is we wanted to avoid this possibility of hindsight bias. We don’t know
    ahead of time what’s going to happen. And so we wanted to use an
    approach, you know, within their context that is basing portfolio construction
    on the information that is known at the time. Furthermore, it's important to
    recognize that, as we've seen in some of these demonstratives, that the risk
    and return characteristics of different bonds change over time. This was a
    dramatic periods where rates are going up, they’re very volatile, and they're
    106
    lower in different periods. It's important to sort of reflect that circumstances,
    the economics of the markets, can be changing.
    In response to Dr. Longstaff’s critiques, plaintiffs argue that “Dr. Longstaff used
    financial theory to criticize RHA’s conclusion that no particular maturity structure in the
    range of 5-10 years was more plausible than another,” and contend that “Dr. Longstaff
    either misapprehends or ignores what RHA actually did. He criticizes RHA’s approach
    based on theoretical analyses about how a maturity structure should be chosen on an ex
    ante basis.” (emphasis in original).
    Moreover, although noting that Dr. Longstaff did not create a model for damages
    in the above captioned case, plaintiffs and Mr. Nunes were still critical of Dr. Longstaff’s
    role in the case.41 Plaintiffs argue that Dr. Longstaff’s “critiques are utterly irrelevant
    because RHA did not purport to select its 10-year and 7.86-year maturity structures on
    an ex ante basis; to the contrary, it explicitly relied on hindsight.” (emphasis in original).
    Plaintiffs conclude by alleging “Dr. Longstaff criticizes RHA’s choices of maturity structure
    based on academic exercises that have no relation to RHA’s evidence-based
    determination. Moreover, Dr. Longstaff bases his criticism on an alternative investment
    model that is unrealistic and imprudent. Accordingly, his testimony is irrelevant to the
    issues before the Court.” On direct examination, Mr. Nunes and plaintiffs’ counsel
    discussed Dr. Longstaff approach:
    [Q.] I want to ask you about Dr. Longstaff's financial theory that he offers
    regarding choosing an optimal maturity structure within that five- to ten-year
    range. What is your response to Dr. Longstaff's use of this financial theory
    for choosing this optimal maturity?
    A. I mean, for starters, it -- I think it disregards the Court’s decision and
    instead -- I don’t know what the proper term is -- it kind of runs this million
    iteration mostly like game theory or something that reminded me of -- oh, I
    41In defendant’s post-trial reply brief, defendant responded to the criticism of Dr. Longstaff
    by indicating
    it is noteworthy that Plaintiffs’ Reply Brief studiously avoids any discussion
    of Dr. Longstaff’s testimony, which among other things, supports Dr.
    Starks’s selection of a one-to-ten year bond ladder portfolio with a 5-year
    weighted average maturity. The sensitivity analysis that Dr. Longstaff
    prepared and presented at trial showed that, viewing each investment
    contemporaneously and without the benefit of hindsight, and accounting for
    the risk-return tradeoff, a portfolio with a weighted average years-to-
    maturity of 5.7 years would have been optimal for the 1980-1992 and 1997-
    2004 breach periods.
    (internal reference omitted; capitalization in original).
    107
    can't think of the right term, but in any event, it's -- it's a simulation of a
    bunch of iterations that tries to -- and then purports to come up with some
    optimal structure.
    In addition to the criticism of Dr. Longstaff, plaintiffs were critical of Dr. Starks and
    her model. Plaintiffs criticized Dr. Starks changing her model from the liability phase of
    the trial to the damages phase of the trial. Furthermore, plaintiffs argued that Dr. Starks
    did not properly articulated her reasons for making the adjustments. Plaintiffs point to the
    following exchange on cross-examination between Dr. Longstaff and plaintiffs’ counsel at
    the damages trial:
    [Q.] Dr. Starks, when you formulated your opinion that you're now giving
    about five years being the appropriate structure, you knew that the Court
    had said that from 1992 to 1997, five to ten years was the appropriate range,
    and you had also opined that the Government was appropriate within that
    range, correct?
    A. I had -- I think as I’ve said, I had said that -- I had given my opinion that
    as they changed their maturities – there’s a range of prudence, and as they
    changed their maturities over that time period, I thought that they had been
    investing prudently.
    Q. All right. Now, knowing all of that, you now say that in your opinion five
    years was the appropriate investment horizon or maturity structure for the
    period from 1980 to 1992, correct?
    A. I believe that five years -- given, again, the Court’s opinion, given the
    Government's policies, practices, and investment objectives, given the
    conditions at the time, and given the financial and economic theory -- that
    five years was the most plausible portfolio -- maturity.
    Q. During the liability trial, you testified that you weren't clear on whether
    five years would have been a prudent maturity structure during the 1980s,
    didn't you?
    A. I -- I may have. I said that there was a range of prudence. There's a lot
    of interest rate uncertainty. I may have said I wasn’t clear on the five years.
    Q. Well, then, my question becomes, Dr. Starks, when is it that you became
    clear on the five years?
    A. Well, in order to -- I haven’t changed my opinion, but in order to meet
    with the decision that the Court has made, I had to -- I had to consider a
    wider range of prudence. But I hadn’t said that five years wasn’t prudent,
    only that –
    108
    Q. So you –
    A. -- the only thing I said was that 15 years wasn't prudent over that time
    period.
    Q. I asked you whether five years would be prudent, and you said you
    weren’t clear on that, didn’t you?
    A. I did, but I didn’t say it wasn’t prudent.
    Q. So you reached the opinion that it was prudent after you knew the Court’s
    decision that a range between five to ten years was prudent between 1992
    and 1997. You took the Court’s decision into account, did you?
    A. I took the Court’s decision into account. I also took into account, again,
    the government constraints, the government policies, practices, and the
    financial conditions at the time, and the other -- and the other -- what was
    going on with the tribe at the time.
    Q. Now -- and on that basis, you chose the maturity that was at the low end
    of the range that the Court had said in its opinion was prudent, right?
    A. I chose -- it wasn’t the most conservative portfolio, but it was a
    conservative portfolio, again, as I testified yesterday, because of the great
    deal of uncertainty in both interest rates as well as in what was going to
    happen with these funds -- the tribal funds.
    Q. My question didn’t go to the portfolio, Doctor; it went to the maturity
    structure. You chose the maturity structure at the bottom end of the range
    that the Court had said was prudent from 1992 to 1997, right?
    A. And when you – I’m very confusing -- confused by your having corrected
    me on this, because the maturity structure is embedded in the portfolio, so
    I think my answer is the same.
    Additionally, plaintiffs argue that “Dr. Starks’ damages model is not credible because its
    maturity structure is based solely on her own ipse dixit opinions, and it produces a return
    far below the market-average returns calculated by RHA. It is not plausible because the
    Government never used her proposed investment methodology (bond ladders) to invest
    the Docket 326 Funds.” (emphasis in original). Responding to plaintiffs’ contentions
    regarding Dr. Starks, defendant argues “Dr. Starks’s plausible and substantial damages
    estimate is supported by the evidence, complies with this Court’s Liability Opinion, and
    offers the only reasonable basis for a damages award in this case.”
    109
    As described above, Mr. Nunes, in his expert report, concluded
    the Government’s investment methodology was essentially ad hoc, with no
    apparent consistency, both during the 1992-1997 period when the court
    found it prudently invested the 326-K Fund and during the periods when it
    imprudently invested the 326-K and 326-A Funds. The Government’s ad
    hoc, inconsistent methodology is highlighted by the disparity between its
    investment of the 326-K Fund and its investment of the 326-A Funds in the
    period before December 1998.
    Upon reaching this conclusion, Mr. Nunes decided to use benchmarks, which plaintiffs
    argue, “provide a neutral and objective measure of market average returns,” and which
    “reflect the market-average rate of return for a diversified portfolio with the appropriate
    maturity structure. This approach is neutral and objective.” (emphasis in original). In
    addition, in their post-trial briefs, plaintiffs argue that “the evidence does not indicate that
    the Government would have used a particular investment methodology or strategy had it
    invested the Docket 326 Funds prudently. The Government’s investment policies do not
    mandate any particular investment methodology.” Citing to the court’s June 13, 2019
    liability Opinion, plaintiffs claim the Department of the Interior “policies ‘give very limited
    guidance and set almost no rules regarding what would or would not be a prudent
    investment of tribal trust funds.’ Nor did the Government follow any consistent investment
    methodology in practice.” (quoting W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone
    Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl. at 624).
    In the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, and as described above, the court explained
    that the Department of the Interior issued various policies regarding the investment of
    tribal trust funds over the investment period in question, but the policies did not give much
    direction on which investment practices and investments might be considered prudent or
    imprudent. Beginning with the first investment policy issued by the BIA in 1966, the BIA
    noted that “[e]ach Area Office is requested to review the amount of tribal trust funds each
    tribe in the respective Areas has on deposit in the Treasury,” and that “[w]herever it
    appears that the amount is in excess of foreseeable cash needs of the tribe, discussions
    should be held with the tribal council and its wishes regarding investment of the funds
    ascertained.” The 1966 policy statement also noted that “[g]overnment-backed securities,
    while basically safe, can result in losses unless held to maturity.” The 1966 policy,
    however, did not discuss which types of investments were considered prudent for tribal
    trust funds. As indicated in the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion:
    The next policy issued by the BIA was in a 1974 internal BIA memorandum,
    which indicated that the BIA should “maximize returns on all tribal, as well
    as individual, trust funds.” The 1974 policy memorandum also noted that
    “[e]ach Area Director has the responsibility for determining if surplus funds
    are available for investment purposes and notifying the Branch of
    Investments, Albuquerque, to take the necessary action to invest the funds.”
    The 1974 policy memorandum, however, did not explain under what
    circumstances the government’s investment of a tribal trust fund might
    110
    satisfy the government’s goal to maximize returns or what constituted
    prudent investment of tribal trust funds.
    The government also issued a further policy statement within its report of
    its investments for tribal trust funds for fiscal years 1986 and 1987. The
    report recognized that the government has the authority to invest tribal trust
    funds pursuant to 25 U.S.C. § 162a and that the BIA should, “through
    knowing the amounts required and when disbursements are necessary,”
    “plan the timing of investment maturities to maximize interest rates and
    earnings and also have the funds available when needed.” The report for
    1986 and 1987, however, like past BIA investment policies, did not provide
    more specific guidance as to when the government’s investment of tribal
    trust funds might satisfy the duty of prudence.
    Next, the trial record includes a 1997 internal policy memorandum released
    by the Office of the Special Trustee, the office which took over the BIA’s
    investment of tribal trust funds in the 1996. The 1997 policy was updated
    with policy amendments by the Office of the Special Trustee in 1999, 2000,
    and 2005, and took its final form for the purposes of this case in 2005. The
    2005 policy was the policy in place up through the disbursement of the tribal
    trust funds at issue. According to the 2005 policy, an acceptable investment
    practice was to “purchase securities with the intent to hold each security
    until maturity,” i.e., a buy and hold strategy, as opposed to frequent trading
    of securities. The 2005 policy also indicated that unacceptable portfolio
    investments and practices included investing in any “corporate stock,” the
    purchase of “commercial mutual funds,” and “overtrading, adjusted trades
    or bond swapping.” In sum, the Department of the Interior’s investment
    policies issued throughout the years acknowledged the Department’s role
    as the trustee and investor of tribal trust funds and attempted to provide
    broad guidance to government officials as to what investment practices
    were prohibited by agency policy, what investment practices were
    encouraged, and offered general investment goals, including to maximize
    investment returns.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 622-23. The court noted, however,
    [g]iven the fluctuating market conditions and changing events regarding the
    timing of distribution for plaintiffs’ tribal trust funds, including the required
    actions the BIA would need to take in order pay-out the 326-K Fund,
    however, specific, formulaic guidance as to what practices constituted a
    “prudent” investment practice would have been very difficult to establish by
    the Department of the Interior or any other governmental body.
    Id. at 623.
    111
    In addition, as described above, in 1997 the Office of the Special Trustee adopted
    the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy. The 1997 Office of the Special Trustee
    Policy also listed “ACCEPTABLE PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND PRACTICES,”
    which explained, among other practices, the Office of the Special Trustee’s “‘Holding’
    versus ‘Trading’” practice. (capitalization and emphasis in original). According to the
    section of the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy discussing “Holding versus
    Trading,”
    OTFM intends to manage its Indian trust portfolios in a manner that protects
    the integrity of the primary function of the portfolio, which is to provide
    maximum income for the tribes while conforming to prescribed statutory
    limitations and prudent fiduciary investment principles.
    Because OTFM has a small number of investment managers responsible
    for the investment management of over 1450 separate portfolios, OTFM will
    purchase securities with the intent to hold each security until maturity, while
    realizing that sales can and may occur prior to maturity form some of the
    following reasons:
    1. When account review presents obvious opportunity for portfolio
    enhancement from the reinvestment of sales proceeds into
    comparable maturities thereby improving yield or quality without
    adversely affecting overall quality, mix or maturity of the
    investment portfolio.
    2. The need to improve or increase portfolio liquidity.
    3. The need to invest the proceeds of a security maturing
    within one year because of an interest-rate scenario that
    would be detrimental to the performance of the portfolio if
    held to maturity before investing, i.e., a rapidly falling
    interest rate period.
    4. A reduced credit rating of the issuing Agency renders the
    security to be of less than acceptable quality to remain in
    the portfolio.
    The 1997 Office of the Special Trustee’s “Holding versus Trading” section also
    noted that “[i]nfrequent investment portfolio restructuring carried out in conjunction with a
    prudent overall risk-management plan that does not result in a pattern of gains being
    taken and losses deferred will generally be viewed as an acceptable practice within the
    context of an investment portfolio.” According to the testimony of defendant’s fact witness,
    Mr. Winter, at the liability trial, the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee’s “Holding versus
    Trading” practice meant that,
    that we need to purchase securities with the intent and ability to hold to
    maturity; and that, secondly, we’re permitted infrequent investment
    restructuring if the market conditions present themselves as such, but we
    112
    can’t be doing so by establishing a pattern of buying and selling, reaping
    gains and losses on any sort of frequency.
    Mr. Winter also testified at the liability trial that the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee
    Policy was the “first formal policy adopted by the Office of the Special Trustee.” Mr. Winter
    further testified at liability trial that the Office of the Special Trustee issued amendments
    to the 1997 Office of the Special Trustee Policy in 1999, 2000, and 2005, but that these
    policy amendments, apart from extending the maturity limits of certain government-
    backed securities from an “average life” of ten to fifteen years, were not “material”
    changes to the 1997 Office of the Special Trust Policy. Moreover, Mr. Winter testified that
    the 2005 policy amendment was the policy in place up until the distribution of the 326-K
    Fund. Mr. Winter further testified at the liability trial that the 1966 policy, the 1974 policy
    and the 1986 and 1987 report were consistent with the 1997 Office of the Special Trust
    Policy, and the later 2005 policy to “purchase securities with the intent to hold each
    security until maturity,” i.e., a buy and hold strategy, as opposed to frequent trading of
    securities.42
    42   At the liability trial, Mr. Winter and defendant’s counsel had the following exchange:
    Q. So let me point you to paragraph four, Mr. Winter, and it states here in
    paragraph four, “Preparatory to undertaking any investment program with
    surplus trust funds, a tribe necessarily would have to make a careful
    analysis of its current and future cash needs.” My question to you, Mr.
    Winter, is, is there a corollary between this statement here in the 1966 policy
    and the Office of the Special Trustee policies we were just discussing?
    A. Yes, there is.
    Q. Okay. What is that?
    A. Well, this -- the corollary is to our current -- in the policies we were just
    reviewing, to the objective of liquidity.
    Q. Okay. And what do you mean by that?
    A. Meaning that we have to identify the cash flow needs of the tribe in order
    to adequately invest in maturities suitable to the needs of the tribe in order
    to discern the most advantageous rates for those maturities.
    The questioning between defendant’s counsel and Mr. Winter continued:
    [Q.] Is this a statement of policy by the Bureau of Indian Affairs in and
    around 1974?
    A. Yes, it is.
    113
    As noted in the findings of facts above, during the early 1990s, the Department of
    the Interior transitioned from its program of pooling together and investing tribal trust
    funds in short-term jumbo CDs to primarily investing tribal trust funds into other securities
    with varying maturities, such as agency and Treasury securities. Mr. Nunes testified at
    the liability trial that around the early 1990s, the BIA made “a wholesale transition away
    from the CD program, which ultimately went away completely, and monies now were
    being invested in agency securities, mortgage-backeds, callable bonds, and things like
    that.” Defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, testified at the liability trial that after about
    1991, the BIA made a “programmatic” switch from investing tribal trust funds in jumbo
    CDs into “agency securities in particular and a little bit longer term U.S. Treasuries.” Dr.
    Starks discussed the change in type of securities held by the government at the liability
    trial noting that
    [A.] Well, I think what you’re seeing here is the effects on maturity of a buy-
    and-hold policy, because -- because once purchased -- or in the eighties,
    longer term CDs were purchased, and then they come down. Longer term
    securities are purchased and then it -- as time goes by, they go down, and
    then they're purchased again.
    Q. All right. Turn with me, please, to the second page of this document at
    Bates page 259, and, in particular, I want to draw your attention to the
    second paragraph that appears on that page, and, in particular, just let me
    read the first few lines. “Investments can be made for a period of one day
    or for as much as 25 years or longer. Therefore, all funds except the funds
    for immediate needs can be invested to provide a greater income to the
    tribe. The maturity dates can be arranged to coincide with the needs for the
    funds.” Do you see that, Mr. Winter?
    A. Yes.
    Q. Okay. And, again, without belaboring it, does this statement of policy in
    1974 have a relationship/corollary to statements of policy that we were
    discussing with respect to those policies of the Office of the Special
    Trustee?
    A. Yes, it definitely relates directly to the liquidity, the rate of return, and the
    holding versus trading aspects.
    Finally, in response to defendant’s counsel question “this document is in the form of a
    ‘Report of Investment of Indian Trust Funds for the Fiscal Years 1986 and 1987’ . . . is
    there a corollary between this statement of policy and those that appear in the Office of
    the Special Trustee formal policies we were discussing earlier?” Mr. Winter testified: “Yes,
    it definitely does. The corollary would be to the liquidity aspect and the rate of return
    objective.”
    114
    Q. Does the shape of the maturity structure of the 326-K fund over the
    period reflect a buy-and-hold strategy?
    A. It does to me, yes.
    Q. And is it your opinion, based on your review of the record in this case
    and the record of the Government's investments in this case, that the
    Government, indeed, followed a buy-and-hold strategy at all times in its
    management of this fund?
    A. It appears that they -- that they were consistently following a buy-and-
    hold strategy.
    The demonstrative chart prepared by Dr. Starks, included above, shows that the
    government generally followed a buy-and-hold strategy during the time periods at issue
    in the above captioned case. This approach adopted by the government is consistent with
    the approach adopted by Dr. Starks in constructing her model for this case. Although the
    plaintiffs and Mr. Nunes repeatedly claim the government’s “investment methodology was
    essentially ad hoc, with no apparent consistency,” the court disagrees. Nor does the court
    agree with plaintiffs contention that the government did not follow “any consistent
    investment methodology in practice.” Although the court concluded that, at times, the
    government did not prudently invest the tribal trust funds, the court did not reach this
    decision because it found that the government did not have a consistent investment
    strategy or that it was operating in an ad hoc fashion. Rather the court found the
    government was in breach because the government was investing the tribal trust funds
    in shorter term securities with an average weighted maturity years to call that did not align
    with the investment horizon of the funds.
    On cross-examination with defendant’s counsel, Mr. Nunes discussed the
    consistency of the buy-and-hold approach by the government.
    [Q.] [I]n looking at BIA’s investment practices, you discerned no patterns
    whatsoever that would guide you in deciding where, within this five- to ten-
    year range, you should set your benchmark. Have I -- have I characterized
    your opinion correctly?
    A. Close. I would -- we could not discern anything in this time period that
    indicated the BIA had any kind of a consistent investment approach.
    Q. Okay. Now, they did have a consistent investment approach in that their
    policy that they wrote and adhered to was a buy-and-hold policy, right?
    A. In the -- it does state that in the policy, but that was not a consistent
    practice, as we know from the data.
    115
    Q. Okay. But, in fact, you looked at this and you found that in 85 percent of
    the time or more, BIA adhered to a hold until maturity policy, right?
    A. Based on the number of sales that we saw in the data, assuming they
    were properly classified, that’s approximately correct, yes.
    Q. Okay. And, in fact, you did an analysis of this subject and you found that
    between 1997 and 2011, there were only 60 instances in which BIA sold
    WSIG securities before maturity, right?
    A. I think in the broader timeline, it’s 74, but I think that's right for the
    narrower timeline.
    Q. And the broader timeline is what? Help me here.
    A. Life of the fund, but really insignificant until the CD -- you don’t buy and
    sell -- well, you buy them, but you don’t sell them.
    Q. So by the life of the fund, you're talking about 1980 until 2013?
    A. Yes, but from a practical standpoint it’s not until the CD program is wound
    down, so really the first sale in advance of maturities, probably ‘92-ish, but
    don’t hold me to it. Again, I would have to look at the data.
    Q. Okay. So the time period you’re talking about is, since it’s post-CD
    period, is 1992 to 2013?
    A. It’s something like that.
    Q. Okay. And you’re telling me that in that period, 1992 to 2013, you found
    that there were approximately 74 instances in which BIA sold the WSIG
    security before maturity?
    A. I think that’s right, correct.
    Q. Okay. In 20 years? 30 years? No, 20 years?
    A. Well, really up until -- and that doesn’t include any activity around the
    liquidation of the fund to do the disbursement, so say through 2010.
    Q. Sure. Well, that wouldn’t -- including the liquidation for the disbursement
    period would skew the numbers, wouldn’t it?
    A. It would.
    Q. Especially for this analysis?
    116
    A. Right.
    Q. So 74 instances where the security was sold before maturity between
    1992 and 2013?
    A. 2010.
    Q. That’s what you found?
    A. 2010.
    Q. Out of how many hundreds of -- how many securities did BIA hold on
    behalf of Western Shoshone between 1992 and 2010?
    A. Oh, I don’t know. Over the life of the – you know, as they rolled in and
    out? I don’t know. A fair number.
    Q. Several hundred, right?
    A. That’s reasonable.
    Q. So 85 percent or more of the securities that WSIG that BIA purchased
    on behalf of the Western Shoshone were held until maturity.
    A. Again, roughly, or to the call. . . .
    Q. Do you recall Dr. Goldstein’s testifying as an expert on behalf of Plaintiffs
    in this case at the liability phase?
    A. I do.
    Q. Do you recall him testifying in the case that the Government actually did
    adhere to a buy-and-hold policy and they didn't turn over the bond portfolio
    regularly?
    A. Well, as I said in my deposition, there is no such thing as a little bit
    pregnant. If you’re buy and hold, you’re buy and hold. If you’re only 85
    percent or 72 percent or 91 percent buy and hold, you’re not buy and hold.
    ...
    Q. But in your opinion, adhering to a buy-and-hold policy 85 percent of the
    time is not adhering to a buy-and-hold policy?
    A. Well, it doesn’t -- it means you're adhering to a buy-and-hold concept 85
    percent of the time.
    117
    The court disagrees with Mr. Nunes’ conclusion about the buy-and-hold approach
    adopted by the government over the thirty three year timeframe. Therefore, the court
    disagrees with plaintiffs’ conclusion that “the evidence does not support the use of any
    particular investment strategy to calculate damages because the Government never
    consistently followed a particular strategy when it did prudently invest the Docket 326
    Funds. Since the Government’s actual investment practices do not provide a template for
    measuring damages, it is necessary to turn elsewhere.” The court believes the trial
    exhibits and testimony from the liability phase of the trial as well as the trial exhibits and
    testimony from the damages phase of the trial demonstrated when the government
    invested the tribal funds, it did so consistent with the government’s policy objections and
    statutory requirements.
    Even if the court agreed with plaintiffs’ conclusion that the government had not
    provided a template to calculate damages, the court would not necessarily follow the
    model created by plaintiffs’ expert Mr. Nunes. In defendant’s post trial brief, defendant
    argues that Mr. Nunes’ model is
    not realistic. Mr. Nunes’s damages model does not fairly measure income
    that could have been earned by investing in a manner consistent with sound
    principles of finance and real-world constraints, including the Interior
    Department’s statutory obligations, policies and practices. Plaintiffs
    continue to repeat that Mr. Nunes’s model is based on “objective, verifiable
    data” and “market averages” but ignore that Mr. Nunes’s synthetic indices
    reflect subjective decisionmaking in almost every way, and mimic an
    inappropriate and risky investment strategy that the Interior Department
    simply could not execute in the real world. Plaintiffs’ mantra that its proffered
    “benchmarks” do not reflect specific investment strategies defies reality,
    and Plaintiffs do not explain how the Interior Department could have
    possibly achieved the investment gains measured by Barclay’s indices
    without undertaking the kinds of portfolio management that Barclay’s uses
    to generate its results.
    Although Mr. Nunes suggested that this model would be “strategy- and portfolio-
    agnostic, and we want to be strategy- and portfolio-agnostic because we recognize that
    to achieve a certain term structure of a portfolio, it could be done any number of ways,
    and so the indexes are plain vanilla in that regard, and they provide us, again, with a sort
    of baseline. It’s the market average performance based on the rules of the index,” the
    defendant argues “plaintiffs’ bond index approach is not ‘neutral’ but instead reflects a
    specific and risky investment strategy.” Dr. Longstaff’s analysis of Mr. Nunes approach
    likened it to a “targeted maturity strategy like Rocky Hill, you can see that that strategy
    has a positive probability of loss over all investment horizons. It's more pronounced at the
    beginning because of the way that the term structures evolve. It starts out with about a
    36 percent chance of a principal loss after one year, but it's still substantial after seven,
    eight, nine, ten years.”
    118
    Furthermore, in Dr. Starks’ expert report prepared for the damages phase of trial,
    Dr. Starks indicated that
    investment strategies involving regularly trading securities prior to their
    maturities would be inconsistent with the Government’s objective of
    preserving capital and holding-versus-trading policies and general practice.
    In addition, from a financial economics perspective, strategies involving
    regularly trading securities prior to their maturities generally offer no obvious
    ex ante comparative benefit, and involve additional costs and risks.
    (emphasis in original; footnotes omitted).
    In addition, plaintiffs explain in the post-trial briefing, “[w]hen RHA combines two
    Barclays indexes to develop a benchmark, it starts with the Barclays UST, which is the
    broadest-based and most diversified because it includes all maturities from 1-30 years.
    Then RHA adds in as much of the longer or shorter index as necessary to achieve the
    desired weighted average maturity.” (citation omitted). As noted above, Mr. Nunes’ expert
    report prepared for the damages phase of trial reflects that various benchmarks are
    composed as follows:
    Benchmark            Period                             Composition
    10-year              1980-1992             86.05% Barclays UST; 13.95% Barclays LT
    7.86-year            1980-1992             97.90% Barclays UST; 2.10% Barclays 1-5 UST
    10-year              Apr. – Dec. 1997      88.35% Barclays UST; 11.65% Barclays LT
    7.86-year            Apr. – Dec. 1997      90.20% Barclays UST; 9.80% Barclays 1-5 UST
    10-year              1998-2004             91.60% Barclays UST; 8.40% Barclays LT
    7.86-year            1998-2004             81.25% Barclays UST; 18.75% Barclays 1-5 UST
    2.97-year            2004-2006             6.75% Barclays UST; 93.25% Barclays 1-5 UST
    Defendant argues that
    the bond indices that Plaintiffs’ expert Mr. Nunes adopts to calculate
    damages are not standard off-the-shelf Barclays indices but instead reflect
    Mr. Nunes’s own curated data, mixed and matched to create a “market
    measure” that Mr. Nunes has crafted to maximize Plaintiffs’ damages
    claims. Thus, rather than presenting the Court with a “neutral” benchmark,
    Plaintiffs have calculated damages based on a specific investment strategy,
    and one that is not only far less plausible than the one offered by Dr. Starks,
    but is also inconsistent with Interior’s practices and policies.
    119
    As noted above, Mr. Nunes testified on redirect with plaintiffs’ counsel about his approach:
    [O]ne of the key concepts of prudent investment, of course, is
    diversification. This actually sort of anecdotally supports that argument. So
    we always, where we can -- so if the UST is not a -- so, for example, in our
    roll-forward period, we used the 1-5, so the UST is not even part of the mix,
    but wherever the UST is a viable part of any kind of an allocation, we will
    always attempt to stay in the highest allocation percentage of the UST
    because it is clearly, of the indices we use, the broadest and most diverse,
    and anecdotally, in that it returns a better number than most of her other
    scenarios, supports the fact that diversification matters. And so we
    concentrate on being the most diverse in our model constructs as we
    possibly can be.
    Q. And so, then, when you needed maturity -- needed to meet a maturity
    structure, how did you then blend in either a shorter index or a longer index?
    Did you run a hundred different scenarios or how did you blend in either a
    longer or shorter index?
    A. So the answer to did we run a hundred scenarios is, God, no. So we
    would start with the -- you know, obviously we know what 100 percent of
    the UST would return in terms of an average maturity, and so we would look
    at it and say, okay, let's just -- I think this is the example I used in my
    testimony – let’s just say that the UST at a point in time we're looking at has
    a term structure of eight years, and we need to be at ten years. We would
    simply begin sort of ratably – and that’s a bit of a guess at first, how much
    of the UST do I need to take out and how much of the UST Long do I need
    to bring in to maintain maximum diversification and still hit the ten-year
    targeted structure. And so, you know, it may have gone something like this.
    Okay, let’s see what happens if I do 10 percent of an allocation --
    reallocation from UST to long-term of 10 percent. What’s that look like?
    That’s 9.7, all right. So maybe we’ve got to shave it a little bit or add a little
    bit. So it’s a little bit trial and error, but it’s once we get to the targeted
    maturity that we need to be at at the maximum amount of diversification,
    that’s the allocation.
    Despite Mr. Nunes’ testimony that his aim was “[t]o determine what the earnings
    rate should be if the Government had properly aligned the term structure of the portfolio
    with the investor horizon, we simply use market average returns for a plain vanilla,
    nonsubjective, nonhuman intervention index that says here’s what the market did,” it
    appears from the above testimony, and from Mr. Nunes’ expert reports, that the model
    was designed to achieve an outcome. Regarding Mr. Nunes’ approach, defendant’s
    counsel and Dr. Starks had the following exchange at the damages trial:
    Q. Now, did you analyze whether it was possible to construct other
    investment benchmarks with the same maturity horizon, the ten-year
    120
    horizon or 7.86-year horizon that Rocky Hill targets, and use these same
    indices, but that lead to different returns by weighting the industries
    differently?
    A. Yes. If you use different proportions of the indices, you can come up with
    different damages estimates.
    Q. All right. Let's turn now to Demonstrative 19. What did your analysis of
    the different ways in which you could weight the Barclays Indices to create
    an index, what did your analysis of that process show in terms of the
    different returns that might be generated if you weighed things a little
    differently?
    A. Well, if you weighted them differently -- so the far right bar shows Rocky
    Hill’s weights, which, as I said before, was 86.05 percent UST and 13.95
    percent UST Long. Much of their period, that was the weights that were
    used. But if you go all the way to the left and you had 62.3 percent in the
    UST 1-5 Index and 37.7 percent in the UST Long Index, you would have
    again had an average target ten-year maturity over the time period, but the
    damages would have been substantially less, 169.5 million rather than their
    177.6 million. The middle one shows if you used all three indices how you
    could have weighted them again to come up with a target maturity that was
    -- that was an average over the time period of ten years, and it would have
    been 173.8 million.
    Q. All right. So -- and I just want to pare that down a little more specifically
    as to each bar. So the bar on the far right of this demonstrative, which is
    labeled RHA’s weights, Rocky Hill’s weights, Dr. Starks, is that the
    combination of the UST Long, UST Treasury Index, and UST Long Index -
    - or UST 1-5 Index that Mr. Nunes used to create his benchmark?
    A. It's a com -- out of those three indices, it’s a combination of two of the
    indices with zero percent and the UST 1 -5.
    Q. And was that a choice that Mr. Nunes made in putting together his index?
    A. Yes, it was.
    Q. Okay. And that -- am I reading this demonstrative correctly that that
    resulted in 177.6 million in damages?
    A. Yes.
    Q. Okay. But there were -- there were other ways -- were there other ways
    to put together these three bond indices that would also reach a ten-year
    weighted average maturity target for the benchmark?
    121
    A. I think there are limitless ways that you could have combined those --
    those indices.
    In addition, defendant suggests “[t]o replicate the performance of Mr. Nunes’s bond
    indices the Interior Department would have to buy and sell huge volumes of bonds and
    realize gains and losses from those transactions.” Defendant continues:
    Mr. Nunes’s synthetic indices, which reflect combinations of different
    Barclays indices, must rebalance each month to reflect the changes in each
    of the Barclays indices it contains. In practical terms this means that any
    investor trying to emulate the performance of the Barclays indices, or Mr.
    Nunes’s synthetic indices, would have to buy and sell bonds each month to
    match the index.
    Plaintiffs note that defendant argued
    “[i]n practical terms this means that any investor trying to emulate the
    performance of the Barclays indices, would have to buy and sell bonds each
    month to match the index.” This statement is true but it is irrelevant and
    misleading. RHA does not propose to emulate the Barclays indexes, like an
    index mutual fund would do. Instead, it uses the Barclays indexes as a
    measure of the market-average performance of a diverse portfolio of
    Treasury bonds with a particular maturity structure.
    (emphasis in original). The court finds this argument to be a distinction without a
    difference. The court is unclear how the government would have been able to replicate
    the return on investment achieved by the Barclays indexes without adopting an approach
    of frequent buying and selling securities. Nor is it clear from Mr. Nunes’ model or his
    testimony at the damages trial how the government was to achieve such a rate of return
    if the government was operating under the general restrictions of a buy-and-hold
    approach to the investments held in trust for the plaintiffs.
    Plaintiffs also cite to the Jicarilla III decision dozens of times in their post-trial
    submissions, as well as numerous references by Mr. Nunes at the damages trial. One
    reason for the numerous references of the Jicarilla III opinion was that the Judge in
    Jicarilla III accepted the Barclay’s index approach developed by Rocky Hill Advisors to
    calculate damages. See generally Jicarilla III, 
    112 Fed. Cl. 274
    . In a succinct decision,
    the Judge in Jicarilla III explained,
    plaintiff seeks to calculate damages by using a market index as a
    benchmark for determining the performance of a properly invested portfolio.
    Plaintiff's Rocky Hill investment model uses, for this purpose, a Barclay’s
    index of U.S. Treasury instruments, specifically the Barclays UST, which is
    part of the Barclays U.S. Government Index. That index captures all public
    obligations of the U.S. Treasury with a remaining maturity of at least one
    122
    year, and includes Treasury obligations with maturities ranging from one to
    30 years. Under this index, the allocation as between short-, medium-, and
    long-term bonds at any point reflects market forces (i.e., all relevant
    obligations outstanding) rather than any judgment by plaintiff's experts or
    others regarding what that mix should have been. Put another way, the
    Barclays UST is a passive, mechanical representation of market
    performance for a defined debt instrument market. In measuring
    performance, the Barclays index also includes, on a quarterly basis, the
    gains and losses on the bonds being tracked, thereby providing for the
    further accretion of principal.
    In selecting this index, the Rocky Hill experts carefully considered the
    maturity structure of the Barclays UST to make sure that it aligned with what
    would have been a prudent investment of Jicarilla’s funds. They ascertained
    that the Barclays UST had an aggregate average maturity that grew from
    3.8 years to 9.1 years over the period in question, but observed that during
    this entire period, approximately 60 percent of the index was comprised of
    maturities ranging between one and five years, with an average maturity for
    this component of less than 2.5 years. In their view, the maturity structure
    of the Barclays UST aligned well with the maturity capacity of the funds in
    the Nation's trust accounts. They viewed their choice of the Barclays UST
    as somewhat conservative, as it was based neither upon the notion that
    there would be active management of the tribal trust funds nor upon any
    assumption that the funds would have been invested so as to generate an
    extraordinary performance that beat the market. In their view, the use of this
    index was also consistent with Jicarilla’s demonstrated liquidity needs—a
    view that this court has confirmed in concluding that the BIA's short-term
    investment practices constituted a breach of trust.
    In challenging plaintiff’s investment model, defendant reiterates many of the
    claims that this court has already rejected. Echoing assertions made by its
    experts (or vice-versa), defendant’s banner claim thus is that the short-term
    investment strategy employed by the BIA was prudent and particularly
    attuned to the Nation's liquidity needs. Based on the evidence discussed
    above, however, the court has rejected both prongs of this claim. And these
    arguments are no more persuasive the second time around, in this
    damages context, even if they now take on a somewhat different cast. As
    such, based upon the strength of its liability findings, the court cannot
    remotely accept Dr. Alexander's damages model, which, in relying upon
    those rejected propositions, produces damages of at most approximately
    $50,000.
    That said, in talking about damages, defendant takes a somewhat different
    tack regarding liquidity. It claims that even if a significant portion of the
    portfolio should be treated as having been invested in longer-term
    securities, some portion of the portfolio needed to be kept in short-term
    123
    instruments, to provide some opportunity for the Nation to make withdrawals
    without having to liquidate investments. Based on this proposition,
    defendant claims that, at most, plaintiff is entitled to the damages
    associated with a hypothetical used by plaintiff’s witness, Dr. Goldstein, who
    examined the performance of a portfolio invested eighty percent in five-year
    Treasury notes and twenty percent in three-month CDs—the approach that,
    in the chart above, the court references as “Defendant (High).” But, there
    are several major flaws with this claim.
    First, defendant’s claim hinges on an unproven proposition, namely, that the
    Nation’s trust funds needed to maintain a certain balance of cash or cash
    equivalents in order to meet periodic withdrawal needs. The record simply
    does not support this factual claim. While the record suggests that the BIA
    often invested in very short-term obligations, there is no evidence that this
    was necessary to meet the Nation’s true liquidity needs. Even assuming
    arguendo that there was a periodic need for the BIA to have cash on hand,
    there is no reason to believe that the BIA could not have produced that cash
    by selling longer-term securities—that, for example, the U.S. debt
    instruments in the Barclays UST were any less marketable or liquid than the
    three-month CDs used in Dr. Goldstein’s hypothetical portfolio. To the
    extent that the sale of such instruments might have produced gain or loss,
    this was accounted for in the Barclays UST, which presumed that there
    would be periodic sales of the instruments in that index. Lastly, plaintiff was,
    in the court's view, entitled to assume in its model that the special debt
    certificates made available by the Treasury to the BIA—which offered the
    BIA the ability to shift in and out of investments without transaction costs or
    penalties—still would have been available if the BIA had employed an
    investment strategy using maturities like those in the Barclays UST. For all
    these reasons, the court credits the testimony of plaintiff's experts that a
    portfolio patterned after the Barclays UST represented a reasonable proxy
    for how the trust funds in question should have been invested. And, on that
    basis, the court concludes that the model proposed by plaintiff provides a
    reasonable and appropriate basis for calculating the damages owed here.
    Jicarilla III, 112 Fed. Cl. at 307–10 (emphasis in original; footnotes omitted). As noted in
    both the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion and this Opinion, Jicarilla III is not binding on this
    court, and, although there are some similarities between the two cases, the facts in both
    cases are different. Moreover, as noted above, the plaintiff in Jicarilla III raised, and
    prevailed on, claims that are not before this court in the above captioned case. In Jicarilla
    III, the Judge of the United States Court of Federal Claims determined that the
    government was responsible for the unauthorized disbursement of the Jicarilla Tribe’s
    trust funds and, further, that the government failed to timely process deposits of oil and
    gas royalties. See id. at 303-304.
    124
    Most significantly, in the above captioned case, and which was not true in Jicarilla
    III, the court found that there were periods of time in which the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty. The court determined:
    Between December 1992 and March 1997, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty. During this time, when the enactment of distribution
    legislation for the 326-K Fund still remained unlikely to occur in the near-
    term, the government began to shift the 326-K Fund into different types of
    securities, including agency and Treasury bonds, and to decrease its
    reliance on short-term CDs. The government also lengthened the maturity
    structure of the 326-K Fund into longer-term securities, with an average
    weighted maturity years to call ranging from approximately five to ten years.
    Therefore, the government’s lengthening of the maturity structure of the
    326-K Fund portfolio during this time was within the range of prudence,
    given the longer-term investment horizon of the fund.
    ...
    Between October 2006 and December 2010, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty. During this time, the average weighted maturity years to
    call of the 326-K Fund ranged from approximately one year and seven
    months to a little less than three years. The record indicates that distribution
    legislation for the 326-K Fund had been enacted in July 2004 and that
    government officials reasonably believed that a pay-out of the 326-K Fund
    would occur within a couple of years and invested the 326-K Fund in
    accordance with such information. Therefore, the government’s decision to
    place the 326-K Fund in shorter-term securities during this time prudently
    corresponded with the shortening investment horizon of the fund.
    Between January 2011 to September 2013, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty, nor did plaintiffs appear to argue that the government’s
    investment of the 326-K Fund was imprudent. During this time, the
    government began the distribution of the 326-K Fund monies to qualifying
    Western Shoshone members and, therefore, transitioned the entire fund
    into ultra-short-term overnight securities in order to liquidate the fund for
    distribution. Thus, the government’s placement of the 326-K Fund in ultra-
    liquid securities during this time was prudent.
    W. Shoshone Identifiable Grp. by Yomba Shoshone Tribe v. United States, 143 Fed. Cl.
    at 658–60 (footnote omitted). For the 326-A Funds, the court also concluded:
    Between February 2012 to September 2013, the government did not breach
    its fiduciary duty when it lengthened the maturity structure of the 326-A
    Funds into investments with an average weighted maturity years to call of
    eleven to fourteen years. Plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes,
    acknowledged at trial that the government began to finally shift the 326-A
    125
    Funds into longer-term securities during this time and testified that this shift
    was “good news.” Therefore, in light of the fact that the 326-A Funds’
    principal was not to be invaded and was to be perpetually held in trust, the
    government’s decision to lengthen the maturity structure of the 326-A Funds
    during this time was prudent and consistent with the long-term nature of the
    funds.
    Id. at 661.
    In addition, as noted in the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion
    Beginning in December 1992, the government significantly increased the
    average weighted maturity years to call of the 326-K Fund, reaching a peak
    of a little less than ten years by September 1993. Following the September
    1993 peak, the maturity structure of the 326-K Fund steadily declined to
    about an average weighted maturity years to call of a little less than five
    years by March 1997. Also, by March 1997, the 326-K Fund was no longer
    invested in any CDs, and instead invested in a mixture of agency, Treasury,
    and mortgage-backed securities. At trial, plaintiffs acknowledged that the
    government invested the 326-K Fund in longer-term securities between
    December 1992 and March 1997 than it had previously done during the
    1980s and early 1990s. Plaintiffs’ liability expert, Mr. Nunes, however,
    testified at trial that government should have invested the 326-K Fund in
    even longer-term investments than those selected by the government, with
    an average weighted maturity of approximately fifteen years, due to the
    uncertainty surrounding when distribution plan legislation would be enacted
    by Congress and the time intensive process of compiling descendancy rolls
    and distributing the monies to qualifying Western Shoshone members.
    Defendant’s liability expert, Dr. Starks, however, testified at trial that the
    government’s investment of the 326-K Fund during this time, the “mid-
    1990s,” was within a range of prudence.
    Id. at 639. Moreover, as noted by defendant,
    in Jicarilla, where the Court accepted a “benchmark” approach, the UST
    Index “benchmark” came much closer to representing an objective “market
    measure” for Treasuries than does the synthetic portfolio Mr. Nunes created
    for the damages trial in this case. The UST Index, used all by itself, and
    without Mr. Nunes’s ad hoc “transition periods” and ad hoc conglomeration
    of multiple indexes, at least represents the entire universe of outstanding
    Treasury bonds and notes (excluding “T-bills” with maturities under one
    year). Thus, when Judge Allegra looked to Mr. Nunes’s model as a
    benchmark, he was at least evaluating Interior’s investment performance
    against a “market” that Mr. Nunes had not manipulated through subjective
    decision-making for purposes of calculating damages.
    126
    (emphasis in original). Furthermore, defendant argues “Mr. Nunes did not use the ‘market
    measure’ here that he proffered in Jicarilla, and had he done so, his damages estimate
    would likely have resulted in tens of millions less in damages.” The different model used
    by Mr. Nunes in the above captioned case, including the blending of the indices, as well
    as the different posture of the two cases, does not compel this court to agree with the
    Jicarilla III Judge that the benchmark approach by Mr. Nunes is the proper measure for
    damages in this case.
    Although the court has not found plaintiffs’ model to be plausible, it does not follow
    that the court must adopt defendant’s model. As noted above, Dr. Starks’ model uses a
    buy-and-hold ladder portfolio. The court finds this approach is consistent with the
    approach previously used by the government. Plaintiffs argue, however, that Dr. Starks
    “investment methodology (bond ladders) is completely implausible because the
    Government never invested the Docket 326 Funds in that manner.” The court notes that
    at trial defendant identified a number of examples of tribal trust funds that appeared to
    use a ladder approach, and discussed them with Mr. Nunes. Defendant’s counsel first
    asked,
    in this policy – BIA policy document, do you see there’s a description of how
    a laddered portfolio is designed and how it can be designed -- structured so
    as to anticipate future interest rates?
    A. I do.
    Q. And there are specific instructions about how to design and implement a
    laddered portfolio?
    A. That appears to be what's there, correct. . . .
    Q. What we were looking at before was Section 5.1 of this 2004 instruction
    -- appears to be an instruction manual . . . and do you see how in this sort
    of recipe for an initial presentation to a Tribe, that under lettered number (i),
    lettered item (i) it’s said that they should go over and describe a laddered
    portfolio strategy? Do you see that?
    A. I do, I do.
    Q. And on the next page . . . they also describe how in a followup meeting
    with the Tribe when discussing their investments, again, lettered item (i),
    they should go over again a laddered portfolio strategy. Do you see that?
    A. I do.
    Q. You’ll agree with me it does not appear that BIA was a stranger to
    laddered portfolios?
    127
    A. Ah, I never said that they were, only that we've never seen them actually
    do it. . . .
    [Q.] Now, this is a July 1997 document involving the investment of the funds
    of the Jicarrilla [sic] Apache Tribe. Do you see that?
    A. I do.
    Q. Now, Jicarilla, that's a tribe you had a lot of involvement in, isn’t it?
    A. We testified on behalf of Jicarilla. I’ve never actually been involved with
    the tribe in that regard.
    Q. But you were involved in studying their portfolio and their investments,
    yes?
    A. That’s correct, but this is the water rights settlement fund, which we never
    looked at.
    Q. You never looked at this, okay. Do you see how under investment
    objective it says, “Per tribal instruction these funds are invested in a six
    month ladder with monthly rungs.” Do you see that?
    A. I do.
    Q. So would you agree with me that it appears in this case that BIA used
    the laddered portfolio for trust funds -- for tribal funds held in trust?
    A. Well, they’re saying that that’s what they’ve constructed, yeah, but, again,
    it’s a water rights settlement fund, was not part of the case, so we've never
    seen this.
    Q. You've never analyzed that particular fund?
    A. No. . . .
    Q. Okay. And this one appears to have to do with management of funds of
    the Pueblo Laguna. Do you see that?
    A. I do.
    Q. Okay. And under the investment approach, it says that the approach is
    going to be to ladder the account to ten years by purchasing both bullets
    and callable bonds. Do you see that?
    128
    A. I do see that, yes.
    Q. This looks like another example where BIA used a laddered approach to
    a Tribal Trust Fund claim, right?
    A. Well, I am going to state this again. They’re saying they do. The proof in
    the pudding would be to analyze the portfolio and see if they actually did
    construct --
    Q. Do you have any reason to believe they didn’t invest the Pueblo Laguna's
    funds in a ladder?
    A. I can’t answer that without seeing the portfolio, and that’s a Tribe I’ve
    never worked with their data.
    It appears from the exhibits introduced by defendant at both the liability trial and the
    damages trial, that the government had adopted in the past a ladder approach to
    securities for the investment of tribal trust funds. Even if the government, as it relates to
    the investment strategy for the 326-K Fund and the 326-A Funds did not specifically
    identify the investment approach as “laddered,” the buy-and-hold method, which Dr.
    Starks used to create her ladder portfolio analysis, appears consistent with the general
    buy-and-hold approach taken by the government. Moreover, as defendant notes,
    “Plaintiffs’ argument, if accepted, completely rules out Plaintiffs’ own damages
    calculations, which are premised upon a frequent trading strategy that Interior not only
    never used in managing the Funds, but which is forbidden by Interior’s policies and cannot
    be used for any tribal fund under Interior’s management.” (emphasis in original).
    As noted above, plaintiffs also contend that “Dr. Starks’ damages model is not
    credible because its maturity structure is based solely on her own ipse dixit opinion, which
    is at odds with the evidence.” Although plaintiffs argue that Dr. Starks’ model is without
    evidence, the court found her expert reports as well as her expert testimony at the
    damages trial, and at the liability trial, to be well thought out and supported. As quoted
    above, Dr. Starks was able to articulate her methodology and the basis for her opinions
    and conclusions. The court found Dr. Starks’ testimony to be credible and supportable by
    the documents in the record before the court at the liability trial, and the court again finds
    Dr. Starks’ testimony at the damages trial credible and supported by her expert reports
    and exhibits introduced at the damages trial. Again, in arguing that “Dr. Starks’ investment
    horizons are ipse dixits that lack credibility,” plaintiffs challenge the basis for Dr. Starks
    opinion that “the appropriate pre-Distribution Act investment horizon for the 326-K Fund
    was five years.” (emphasis in original). Plaintiffs also indicate that “[s]he uses this
    investment horizon for the periods from August 1980 until November 1992, and from April
    1997 until June 2004.” The court notes that for the interim period, December 1992 to
    March 1997, the timeframe the court determined in the June 13, 2019 liability Opinion to
    have been prudently invested, Dr. Starks’ expert report reflects the government “invested
    the Docket 326-K Fund in a portfolio of securities reflecting a weighted average years-to-
    call ranging from 4.7 years to 9.7 years.” Moreover, as explained in defendant’s post-trial
    129
    reply brief, “[t]he portfolio during this prudent period never reflected a weighted average
    years-to-call of 10 years, and exceeded 7.5 years only 20% of the time. For the vast
    majority of this prudent period (80% of the time), Interior’s investments reflected a
    weighted average-years-to-call of 7.5 years or less, and about half the time (49% of the
    period) reflected a weighted average years-to-call of 6 years or less.” (emphasis in
    original). Dr. Starks’ testimony at the damages trial is consistent with her conclusions in
    her expert report, and as she explained to defendant’s counsel on direct examination that
    weighted average years to call is the better measure, because this
    difference here shows there were callable bonds in this portfolio, but then I
    also looked at the number or the percentage of months that had five years,
    5 1/2 years, six years, so forth, in terms of the weighted average years to
    call.
    Q. All right. Let’s look at Demonstrative 30. What’s shown here on
    Demonstrative 30, Dr. Starks?
    A. Demonstrative 30 shows the frequency in months of the different
    maturities between 4.7 years and ten years. And so, for example, the -- the
    less than five years was 19 percent of the month, and only 2 percent was
    between 9 1/2 and ten years. And as the chart shows, 80 percent of the
    months have holdings with the weighted average years to call under 7 1/2
    years, and, in fact, if you look at the first three bars, which shows the
    percentage of the months under six years, it is almost 50 percent.
    The use of the investment horizon consistent with the non-breach period by Dr. Starks
    appears to the court to be reasonable.
    Further, the court is puzzled by plaintiffs’ criticism of Dr. Starks’ decision to adjust
    her models between the liability trial and the damages trial. Plaintiffs specifically identified
    Dr. Starks’ testimony on cross-examination that: “I haven’t changed my opinion, but in
    order to meet with the decision that the Court has made, I had to -- I had to consider a
    wider range of prudence.” The court notes that the parties and their experts were
    specifically instructed to “be responsive to the decision on liability issued by the court on
    June 13, 2019.” Moreover, Mr. Nunes’ expert report for the damages trial states:
    Based on the this decision, [the court’s Liability Opinion] we have revised
    our investment models to recalculate damages for the 326-K Fund and the
    326-A Fund. Our revisions to the models (1) utilize the returns of the
    Government’s extant investment portfolios for those periods in which the
    Court found no breach of trust, and (2) utilize investment horizons and
    maturity structures consistent with the court’s analysis for those periods
    which the Court did find a breach.
    Although the experts may have disagreed with some of the conclusions in the court’s
    June 13, 2019 liability Opinion, the experts were specifically instructed to tailor their expert
    130
    reports for the damages trial phase, and, therefore, their testimony at the damages trial,
    to the framework established by the court. As indicated in the following exchange on direct
    examination between Mr. Nunes and plaintiffs’ counsel at the damages trial:
    Q. Mr. Nunes, after the Court issued its liability opinion in June of 2019, was
    Rocky Hill Advisors asked to perform additional expert services for this
    case?
    A. Yes, we were.
    Q. And what was the scope of work that Rocky Hill was asked to perform?
    A. Based on the Court’s decision on liability, we were asked to recalculate
    the damages that we had presented in the liability phase of the trial.
    Q. And what was the first step that Rocky Hill took to begin this second
    phase of work?
    A. Essentially, you know, reading the Court’s decision to gain an
    understanding of where the Court had found the Government to either be in
    breach or not in breach and to understand -- I'll call it the moving parts to
    the Court's decision.
    Mr. Nunes additionally testified at the damages trial: “I mean, as much as I love my own
    opinions, once the Court rendered its decision, my opinion was no longer applicable.” The
    court does not take issue with the revisions to Dr. Starks’ expert reports in light of the
    court’s rulings after the liability phase of trial.
    Plaintiffs also allege that Dr. Starks made a mistake in alleging that Mr. Nunes
    miscalculated his returns by incorrectly converting the Barclay indices. At the damages
    trial, Dr. Starks addressed her claim with defendant’s counsel:
    Q. Explain to the Court what you mean by your statement that Rocky Hill
    has improperly – improperly stated the frequency of reinvestment in its
    model.
    A. So Rocky Hill has said that their reinvestment of earnings occurs
    quarterly; however, Barclays in the index reinvested monthly. . . . I’m not
    critiquing what Barclays does. Barclays is very good at transforming a
    monthly interest rate to a quarterly interest rate to an annual interest rate.
    My critique is that Rocky Hill said that they were reinvesting quarterly when,
    in fact, in their model, they are reinvesting monthly. So this difference
    between what they said they were doing and what they did in their
    spreadsheet is what I’m calling improper reinvestment frequency, because
    it doesn’t align with what they said they were doing.
    131
    Q. All right. So let's look at Demonstrative 49. What did Rocky Hill say in its
    expert report -- these are excerpts from -- I should say, these are excerpts
    from Rocky Hill’s report, JX420, and this is their liability phase report. What
    did they say about how the model reinvests returns?
    A. Well, twice in this they said they were reinvesting the returns quarterly to
    align with the quarterly reset of the indices, and then at another point they
    said the investment earnings are reinvested quarterly.
    Q. Okay. But what does their model actually do?
    A. It actually reinvests monthly.
    Q. And how do you know that?
    A. Because I asked the people at Analysis Group to look at the model and
    see what they -- what they did, and I also know that the Barclays Index
    reinvests monthly.
    Q. Let's look at Demonstrative 50. What does this indicate about how the
    Barclays model reinvests the interest income and gains that its model
    produces every month?
    A. So they specifically say, for indices that rebalanced less frequently, cash
    is still reinvested pro rata at the end of each month, and cumulative returns
    over periods longer than one month still reflect monthly compounding.
    In response to her testimony, plaintiffs allege,
    Dr. Starks was wrong. A review of RHA’s model demonstrates that there is
    no compounding of earnings within a quarter. Instead, the model reinvests
    earnings quarterly in accord with the Barclays data it is using – it applies the
    same earnings rate for each day of a quarter to the balance in the account
    at the beginning of the quarter. At the end of the quarter, those daily
    earnings are totaled up and added to the beginning balance to become the
    new balance for the next quarter.
    Plaintiffs continue:
    [t]he Government’s entire damages case rests upon Dr. Starks. In its brief,
    the Government extols Dr. Starks and asks the Court to credit her
    testimony, and to discredit RHA based on her testimony. Yet it turns out that
    Dr. Starks made a multi-million dollar error in her testimony and a serious
    false accusation against RHA. A mistake of this magnitude seriously
    undercuts her reliability and credibility, and hence the Government’s
    position.
    132
    In response, defendant argues “Plaintiffs’ unfounded accusations appear to arise from
    Plaintiffs’ own failure to understand the contradictions in Mr. Nunes’s testimony, as
    explained by Dr. Starks.” Defendant claims
    Mr. Nunes’s expert reports and testimony raise the question Dr. Starks
    identified in her rebuttal report: because the Nunes damages model
    employs Barclays index data, does his model reflect the monthly
    compounding that the Barclays indexes incorporate into their returns? Mr.
    Nunes has repeatedly insisted that his model reinvests quarterly, not
    monthly. But Dr. Starks has demonstrated that Mr. Nunes’s opinion on this
    point is, at a minimum, confused. The source of that confusion is the fact
    that Mr. Nunes’s model incorporates the returns calculated by the Barclays
    U.S. Treasury indexes, and the Barclays indexes reinvest earnings monthly.
    (emphasis in original). The cross-examination testimony of Mr. Nunes demonstrates that
    the parties are discussing two separate issues, which caused confusion. In discussing
    the mechanics of Mr. Nunes’ model, defendant’s counsel asked Mr. Nunes on cross-
    examination:
    Q. So it’s the -- the cash is invested at the -- the cash income is reinvested
    every month, and as a result, in the following month starts to make money
    on its own.
    A. That’s right.
    Q. Okay. Now, if instead the Barclays index reinvested the cash not monthly
    but quarterly, the actual revenue reflected in the index would be significantly
    less, would it not?
    A. No, because the quarterly calculation is the return for the quarter. It’s a
    data point. There’s nothing –
    Q. Okay, I think you’re answering a different question than the one I asked.
    A. Okay.
    Q. And if I’m wrong about that, you can correct me, but my question isn’t
    about the fact that you can report the earnings on a monthly or quarterly or
    annual basis. My question is how does the -- as a matter of mechanics, how
    does the Barclays model actually reask invest [reinvest] the income, the
    dollars coming in? And as I understand it, it reask invests [reinvests43]
    43Although the trial transcript from the damages trial repeatedly refers to “reask invest”
    and “reask invests” from the context of the cross-examination by defendant’s counsel of
    Mr. Nunes, it appears the testimony was “reinvest” and “reinvests.”
    133
    dollars at the end of each month. So money coming in in January is invested
    and deployed, actively deployed, at the end of January and starting in
    February.
    A. Yes. What it means is for February you’re deploying more cash, but it’s
    across the same index allocation once the index resets.
    Q. Fair enough. But that cash is used, in effect, to buy more Treasury bills,
    treasuries, so that cash is now earning its own coupon payment.
    A. Correct.
    Q. Now, if instead what Barclays did or what your model did was invest that
    cash not at the end of each month but at the end of each quarter, meaning
    the actual earnings would be significantly reduced, would they not?
    A. I mean, as you’re describing it, it would likely have an impact, but you’re
    bastardizing the Barclays index.
    Q. I’m describing something that the Barclays index doesn’t do.
    A. That is correct.
    Q. Is that your point?
    A. Yes, correct.
    Q. And my point is that -- well, your model, the mechanics of your model
    operates just as the Barclays index does; namely, it invests and actively
    deploys cash earned on a month-by-month basis, not on a quarter-by-
    quarter basis.
    A. No.
    Q. I’m wrong about that?
    A. How our model does it?
    Q. Yeah.
    A. No. Our model reask invests [reinvests] each quarter’s earnings at the
    end of the quarter in the same cadence as the Barclays index quarterly
    return data point resets.
    Q. Okay, but I’m not -- I think we’re talking about different things again. I’m
    not talking about data points. I’m talking about how the cash earnings -- at
    134
    what point the cash earnings are actually invested, okay, in treasuries, and
    my understanding is that in Barclays, the cash earnings are invested into
    new treasuries at the end of each month.
    A. In the construction of the index.
    Q. Okay. And then your -- your model does the same thing. It invests that
    cash on a monthly basis.
    A. No.
    Q. It doesn't? Your model invests it on a quarterly basis?
    A. We use a data point that Barclays calculates and that we showed in
    validation that says this is the return of the index for the quarter, so meaning
    that in the quarter, the market average return of the index was -- pick a
    number, 5 percent. In our model -- and we validated that when we show
    how a monthly index produces the same result as the quarterly index
    produces the same result as an annual index -- again, all of those are data
    points that Rocky Hill is not calculating or in Dr. Starks’ parlance converting.
    We take that 5 percent, and that becomes the model market average
    earning rate for the quarter, no reinvestment month to month. At the end of
    the quarter, whatever the quarter’s earnings are based on that quarterly
    data point, they get reinvested such that day one of quarter two includes the
    prior quarter’s principal balance plus the prior quarter's earnings based on
    the quarterly market average earnings rate.
    Q. Okay. So your model reask invests [reinvests] the cash earnings on a
    quarterly basis.
    A. Correct.
    Q. Now, there would -- and my point is I think a simple one, which is that
    reinvesting the cash on a quarterly basis versus a monthly basis is going to
    have an effect on the actual returns.
    A. In our model if we were to do it?
    Q. No, just in the abstract. If Barclays reask invests [reinvests] the cash on
    a monthly basis or a quarterly basis, that's going to make it different as to
    what the returns will be.
    A. No. We showed you in the data validation, it doesn’t make a difference,
    because the data points that they're providing are clean data points for the
    frequency period in which they're providing them.
    135
    The court agrees with the defendant regarding the alleged “mistake” by Dr. Starks,
    and does not find Dr, Starks made a mistake labeling Mr. Nunes’ model as reinvesting
    monthly given the Barclays index monthly reinvesting and monthly rebalancing. The court
    believes it was a fair criticism for Dr. Starks to identify, even if the confusion stems from
    the phrasing used by Mr. Nunes, and for defendant’s counsel to address with Mr. Nunes
    on cross-examination.
    The court, however, does take issue with a mistake made by Mr. Nunes. As noted
    above, on cross-examination with defendant’s counsel Mr. Nunes admitted there was an
    error in his calculations in his original expert report on damages, a mistake which was
    discovered by Dr. Starks. At the damages trial, Mr. Nunes had the following exchange
    with counsel for the United States:
    [Q.] [A] few minutes ago, you said that -- you acknowledged that Dr. Starks
    was right, and that was begrudgingly, and in the deposition you said you
    accepted the truth of what she said reluctantly. Why were you reluctant or
    begrudging in accepting that she had it right?
    A. Because I hate giving up possible money, but, you know, you do what
    you have to do when it’s right.
    Q. What you had done in your original report was you had inadvertently
    imposed damages for a period in which the Court found the Government
    was not in breach.
    A. By applying the manner in which returns of a portfolio are typically
    calculated in the investment world, yes. That did end up resulting in a larger
    growth rate in the non-breach period than was realized by the Government.
    Q. And the net result of that mistake was to increase your damage
    calculation between 45 and 50 million dollars in both Scenario A and
    Scenario B.
    A. That’s correct, yes, in round numbers.[44]
    In addition to what appears to be a clear error, examining the expert reports of all the
    experts, the court finds that Dr. Starks was a more credible and a more supported expert
    witness than Mr. Nunes, and offered to the court a more plausible model of damages.
    44 Plaintiffs complain that the “Government harps throughout its brief on a ‘$50 million
    error’ made by RHA in originally calculating the growth of the Docket 326 Funds during
    the non-breach periods, which RHA corrected well before the trial,” and note “Mr. Nunes
    addressed this issue forthrightly during his trial testimony and it played no role in the
    damages figures that RHA presented to the Court.” (footnote omitted).
    136
    The court notes that, in addition to questioning the methodology and credibility of
    Dr. Starks, in their post-trial reply brief, plaintiffs also alleged, “[t]he government breached
    its duty of candor to the Court,” arguing “[t]he Government’s advocacy in its brief simply
    cannot be squared with its duty of candor to this Court.” After citing to the Model Rules of
    Professional Conduct,45 plaintiffs stated,
    the Government has a duty to candidly and accurately present the facts to
    this Court. While it is free to present those facts in the light most favorable
    to it and to argue the most favorable inferences from those facts, it cannot
    mislead the Court about those facts or permit one of its witnesses to do so,
    whether deliberately or inadvertently. Rather, the Government, like
    plaintiff’s counsel, has a paramount, affirmative duty of candor to the Court
    that requires it to correct the record to ensure that this case is decided on
    its merits. Accordingly, the Government was required to correct Dr. Starks’
    erroneous testimony. It is not sufficient for the Government to stay silent
    and simply not respond to WSIG’s attack on this aspect of Dr. Starks’
    testimony, without acknowledging this major chink in her armor. However
    reluctant the Government may be to undermine the credibility of its star
    witness, it has no choice. The Court has a paramount need to be accurately
    apprised of the material facts, as well as which factual issues are
    legitimately disputed and must be resolved by it. The Government owes an
    accounting to this Court for this breach of its duty of candor.
    Defendant responds that “Dr. Starks’s critique is accurate, there is no ‘error’ for the United
    States to ‘acknowledge,’” and, therefore, there is “no merit in Plaintiffs’ contention that the
    United States has breached a duty of candor to the Court.” Defendant also argues that
    “[t]hese unfounded accusations are contradicted by the trial record.” Having found that
    that Dr. Starks did not make the error plaintiffs allege, the court agrees with defendant
    there the government has not breached a duty of candor to this court. Although the
    American court system is based on an adversarial relationship between the parties, the
    unnecessary allegations of breaching the duty of candor made by the plaintiffs have no
    place in the above captioned case.
    45In addition to citing the Model Rules of Professional Conduct, plaintiffs, quoting from a
    decision by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit note:
    “While Rule 3.3 articulates the duty of candor to the tribunal as a necessary
    protection of the decision-making process, and Rule 3.4 articulates an
    analogous duty to opposing lawyers, neither of these rules nor the entire
    Code of Professional Responsibility displaces the broader general duty of
    candor and good faith required to protect the integrity of the entire judicial
    process.”
    (quoting United States v. Shaffer Equip. Co., 
    11 F.3d 450
    , 457 (4th Cir. 1993)).
    137
    Although finding defendant offered a plausible model for the calculation of
    damages, the court remains cognizant of the Federal Circuit statement in Warm Springs:
    “Where several alternative investment strategies would have been equally
    plausible, the court should presume that the funds would have been used
    in the most profitable of these. The burden of providing that the funds would
    have earned less than that amount is on the fiduciaries found to be in breach
    of their duty. Any doubt or ambiguity should be resolved against them.”
    Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
     (quoting Donovan v. Bierwirth, 
    754 F.2d at 1056
    ); see
    also Jicarilla III, 112 Fed. Cl. at 310. Additionally, as noted above, plaintiffs prepared
    different measures of damages based on whether the “Warm Springs presumption is
    used.” In Mr. Nunes’ expert reports, Mr. Nunes selected the longest possible profitable
    maturity structure and applied that term to calculate damages, without comparison to any
    of the facts of the Warm Springs case to the facts of the case currently before the court.
    Mr. Nunes’ initial expert report, for example, makes reference to the Warm Springs
    presumption, but does not describe the holding of that decision or make any assessment
    of how to apply that case to the above captioned case. Mr. Nunes explained at trial that
    we are then using the five to ten bounds as the range of prudence and
    applying the Warm Springs presumption. We determined that for these two
    periods, as well as how we used it in the first period, that the ten-year
    targeted term structure used in the Warm Springs presumption would be
    prudent. And, of course, then we looked at the actual investment of the
    funds from the first nonbreach period, the 7.86-year maturity or term
    structure, and we used that to inform us for our Alternative B calculations.
    Plaintiffs indicated that “[h]ere, the most profitable maturity structure is the longest one –
    10 years – and so RHA selected that structure as the basis for calculating damages.” At
    closing argument, plaintiffs reiterated how plaintiffs’ expert calculated the damages
    Rocky Hill didn’t want to impose its own opinion in choosing a particular
    maturity structure between five to ten years. So it came up with two
    alternative maturity structures. The first is a structure of ten years, right at
    the top of the range, and this is based on the legal presumption in Warm
    Springs that the funds would have been invested in the most profitable of
    the plausible alternatives. So there’s no question that taking that top-of-the-
    range maturity structure would yield the most damages, and the justification
    for doing that is not because Rocky Hill says, gee, in our opinion, that’s the
    best. It's because of the Warm Springs presumption. Alternatively, in the
    event the Court concludes that the Warm Springs presumption is
    inapplicable here, Rocky Hill calculated -- used the actual weighted average
    return -- average maturity structure, pardon me, of the 326-K fund during
    the nonbreach period. So for that entire period of about five years, the actual
    weighted average maturity was 7.86 years, and so that became the second
    138
    maturity structure that Rocky Hill used. And in their reports, they refer to the
    first as Alternative A and the second as Alternative B.
    Even if the court had adopted plaintiffs’ model of damages, it does not necessarily follow
    that the court would have adopted the ten year time frame under the Warm Springs
    presumption. Although the plaintiffs repeatedly pointed to the language used by the
    Federal Circuit in Warm Springs, the factual postures of that case and the above
    captioned case are very different. As noted above, the Federal Circuit indicated:
    “Where several alternative investment strategies would have been equally
    plausible, the court should presume that the funds would have been used
    in the most profitable of these. The burden of providing that the funds would
    have earned less than that amount is on the fiduciaries found to be in breach
    of their duty. Any doubt or ambiguity should be resolved against them.”
    Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
     (quoting Donovan v. Bierwirth, 
    754 F.2d at 1056
    ).
    Immediately preceding that statement, however, the Federal Circuit noted:
    Although the trial court held that the United States breached its fiduciary
    duty by selling the green timber prematurely, the court denied the Tribes
    any recovery for that breach on two grounds: (1) the Tribes “received full
    value for the green trees cut improperly,” i.e., the Tribes received the full
    domestic price for those trees; and (2) the court could “only speculate on
    what prices in the export market might have been at some hypothetical time”
    in the future. Neither of those grounds justifies refusing to award any
    damages for the improperly harvested green timber. To deny recovery on
    the ground that the Tribes recovered the full value of the trees in the
    unfavorable market in which they were sold ignores the nature of the
    breach, which consisted of harvesting and selling the trees on the domestic
    market rather than waiting to harvest and sell them for export. It also
    disregards the legal principle, recognized by the Court of Claims in the
    Mitchell case, that Indian tribes in a case of improper sales of timber assets
    are entitled to recover “the proceeds of the sales which should have been
    made under proper management—not merely the actual proceeds of actual
    sales.”
    Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
     (quoting Mitchell v. United States, 
    229 Ct. Cl. 1
    , 10 
    664 F.2d 265
    , 271 (1981), aff’d, 
    463 U.S. 206
     (1983)). This court did not preclude any finding
    of damages for plaintiffs like the trial court in Warm Springs, to the contrary, the court
    permitted extensive expert discovery and held a second phase of the trial devoted to the
    damages owed plaintiffs after the court issued its liability Opinion. Moreover, as noted
    above, defendant conceded that pursuant to the court’s liability Opinion, plaintiffs would
    be owed $74.8 million dollars. In Warm Springs, even after finding error by the trial court
    in awarding no damages to the Warm Springs plaintiffs, the holding of the Federal Circuit
    was to
    139
    vacate the judgment of the Court of Federal Claims and remand for
    determination of damages. The Court of Federal Claims should determine
    the following items in a manner consistent with this opinion: (1) the amount
    that the Tribes would have earned from the sale of the green timber that
    was improperly included in the blowdown sale; (2) the amount of timber, if
    any, that was harvested under the logging contract but is missing from the
    BIA records and did not result in payment to the Tribes; and (3) the amount
    of timber that was harvested in trespass, if any, and whether the BIA
    breached its duty to the Tribes by failing to prevent that trespass. Damages
    should be awarded to the Tribes based on these determinations.
    Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at
    1375–76.46 Therefore, it does not necessarily follow that under
    Warm Springs, even with the expansive language used by the Federal Circuit, plaintiffs
    would presumptively have been entitled to the “most profitable maturity structure,” i.e.,
    the 10 year calculation by Mr. Nunes. Moreover, as referenced above in Dr. Starks’
    testimony, the use of a ten year maturity structure, which Mr. Nunes stated was “right at
    the top of the range,” may not be plausible figure. Using a demonstrative she prepared
    for the damages trial, Dr. Starks explained
    Demonstrative 30 shows the frequency in months of the different maturities
    between 4.7 years and ten years. And so, for example, the -- the less than
    five years was 19 percent of the month, and only 2 percent was between 9
    1/2 and ten years. And as the chart shows, 80 percent of the months have
    holdings with the weighted average years to call under 7 1/2 years, and, in
    fact, if you look at the first three bars, which shows the percentage of the
    months under six years, it is almost 50 percent.
    Defendant’s counsel followed up with Dr. Starks:
    Q. Now, what -- and I’m sorry, Dr. Starks. What percentage of the time
    during the 1992 to ‘97 prudent period did the Government hold a portfolio
    that had a weighted average years to call of 9.5 years or higher?
    A. Two percent of the time.
    Q. Two percent of the time. Did it ever have a weighted average years to
    call of ten years?
    A. No. 9.7 is the highest, and that was only again, that was -- it was 2
    percent of the months that was even close to that.
    46 As noted by the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit in a subsequent
    unpublished decision: “On remand, the Court of Federal Claims made a determination of
    the above three issues and assessed the amount of damages owed by the government
    to the Tribes for the mismanagement of the Tribes’ timber resources to be $13,805,607.
    We affirm.” Confederated Tribes of Warm Springs Rsrv. of Oregon v. United States, 101
    F. App’x 818, 819 (Fed. Cir. 2004) (emphasis in original).
    140
    Q. Did Rocky Hill pick a maturity structure based on the nonbreach period
    that was actually higher than the maturity structure of the fund during the
    nonbreach period ever really was?
    A. Yes, they did.
    Q. All right. Is Rocky Hill’s evaluation of the plausibility of investment
    strategies as between five years or ten years reasonable in light of finance
    theory?
    A. No, it is not. It is -- again, we have this -- this chart on page 30 that shows
    it wasn’t -- it was -- the -- it was an improbable over the time period. It didn’t
    happen often, but then there are also the case facts that there was a lot of
    uncertainty in the 1980 to 1992 period about what was going to happen with
    the distribution, and, arguably, there's even more uncertainty in that period
    than there was in the 1992 to 1997 period.
    Therefore, in selecting a ten year maturity structure to attempt to apply the damages to
    the Warm Springs presumption, Mr. Nunes picked a figure that was never reached during
    the entire non-breach period in which the government had prudently invested. The court
    finds that, based on the model prepared by Mr. Nunes, and reviewing the plaintiffs’ expert
    reports, and the testimony at the damages trial, that the investment strategy put forth by
    plaintiffs is not equally plausible to the investment strategy offered by defendant and Dr.
    Starks. See Warm Springs, 
    248 F.3d at 1371
    .
    CONCLUSION
    From all the testimony of the multiple experts at both the liability trial and the
    damages trial, only one thing is clear: there are a multiplicity of ways to analyze the
    investment strategy of a thirty three year period, especially given economic variables,
    including varying interest rates, changing market conditions, different policies adopted by
    the government during the investment period, and the retrospective theoretical and
    alterative choices made by experts to analyze, and account for, the complex history
    surrounding the 326-K and 325-A Funds. Based on the testimony at both the liability and
    damages trials, the expert reports and trial exhibits at both the liability and damages
    phases of trial, the court concludes that plaintiffs are entitled to damages in the above
    captioned case, using the methodology put forth by defendant’s expert Dr. Starks at the
    damages trial, as Dr. Starks offered the more logical, credible, and plausible method of
    calculating damages in this case.
    IT IS SO ORDERED.
    s/Marian Blank Horn
    MARIAN BLANK HORN
    Judge
    141